<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Cvr</id>
	<title>STMDocs - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Cvr"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php/Special:Contributions/Cvr"/>
	<updated>2026-04-16T13:35:19Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.5</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=717</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=717"/>
		<updated>2012-12-21T01:30:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|FAQ - &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]] &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Model-wise bibliographic style files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]] [Not completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open Source tools to annotate PDFs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on TeX Live setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on MacBook Pro Unibody]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Generating PDF/A compliant PDFs from pdftex]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using TrueType fonts with pdfTeX]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[cuparticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cuparticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[XML coversheet|XML Cover Sheet]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Marcia|Guest Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--* [[epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset]]--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=716</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=716"/>
		<updated>2012-12-21T01:28:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|FAQ - &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]] &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Model-wise bibliographic style files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]] [Not completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open Source tools to annotate PDFs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on TeX Live setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on MacBook Pro Unibody]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Generating PDF/A compliant PDFs from pdftex]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using TrueType fonts with pdfTeX]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[cuparticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cuparticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[XML coversheet]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Marcia|Guest Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--* [[epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset]]--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=XML_coversheet&amp;diff=715</id>
		<title>XML coversheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=XML_coversheet&amp;diff=715"/>
		<updated>2012-12-21T01:28:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Main Page|&amp;lt;Back]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
River Valley have a XML complaint production tracking system known as `RVMS&#039; which means `River Valley Management System&#039;. It can import XML coversheets and bookin a new job. It can render the coversheet. So we request XML coversheets from our clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is XML coversheet?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
XML coversheet means, coversheets in XML format which are accompanied with the manuscript for typesetting. Metadata is tagged using XML elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Advantages of XML coversheets&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
XML coversheet poses lot of advantages. &lt;br /&gt;
# All meta information are tagged properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# This can easily be generated from manuscript submission systems without any re-keying.&lt;br /&gt;
# This can be used for booking in an article in any XML compliant production tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tagged information can be extracted or re-used in subsequent stages of production.&lt;br /&gt;
# Since the original data is used, typos can be avoided which eliminates further checking of metadata while proof-reading.&lt;br /&gt;
# Using XSLT, these coversheets can be rendered in a browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Specimen&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
You may download a specimen XML coversheet from here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://download.river-valley.com/RVMS/XML_Coversheet.xml XML coversheet]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Elements and attributes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;purchase_order&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Top-level element&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;purchase_order&lt;br /&gt;
   xmlns=&amp;quot;http://www.river-valley.com/xml/schema/purchase_order/2012.1/RVMS&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
   xmlns:xsi=&amp;quot;http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
   xsi:schemaLocation=&amp;quot;http://www.river-valley.com/xml/schema/purchase_order/2012.1/RVMS &lt;br /&gt;
   http://www.river-valley.com/xml/schema/purchase_order/2012.1/RVMS.xsd&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
   schema-version=&amp;quot;2012.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;order_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To hold the details about an order which may include publisher&#039;s name, order_date, due_date, stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;publisher&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Publisher&#039;s name. For example &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PeerJ&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;order_date&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date on which the purchase order is created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;timestamp&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The timestamp shall be in the format &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;2012-12-18T12:24:12.000&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;due_date&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date on which the proof is due back to the publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;stage&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The milestone (or stage) for which the purchase order is sent. This has two attributes namely &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;step&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;version&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;order_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;publisher&amp;gt;PeerJ&amp;lt;/publisher&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;order_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;timestamp&amp;gt;2012-12-18T12:24:12.000&amp;lt;/timestamp&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/order_date&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;due_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;timestamp&amp;gt;2012-12-31T12:24:12.000&amp;lt;/timestamp&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/due_date&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;stage step=&amp;quot;proof&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/order_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holds metadata related to the article. The main elements are &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;journal_meta, article_meta, manuscript_meta, other_info, remarks&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;journal_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;journal_id, journal_name, issn&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;journal_id&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provide journal id here, usually four or five letter journal code. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SPMI&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Superlattices and Microstructures&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;journal_name&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provide full name of the journal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;issn&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This has an attribute &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; with values &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ppub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is for online issn and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ppub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is for print issn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;journal_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;journal_id&amp;gt;peerj&amp;lt;/journal_id&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;journal_name&amp;gt;Journal of PeerJ&amp;lt;/journal_name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;issn type=&amp;quot;ppub&amp;quot;&amp;gt;xxxx-xxxx&amp;lt;/issn&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;issn type=&amp;quot;epub&amp;quot;&amp;gt;yyyy-yyyy&amp;lt;/issn&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/journal_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Details related to the article like doi, copyright, corresponding author etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_id[@pubid]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Article id provided by the publisher, usually numerals only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_id type=&amp;quot;pubid&amp;quot;&amp;gt;001&amp;lt;/article_id&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_id[@doi]&lt;br /&gt;
The DOI of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_id type=&amp;quot;doi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;10.1111/PeerJ.2012.001&amp;lt;/article_id&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;copyright[@year]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright year and copyright owner of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;copyright year=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PeerJ&amp;lt;/copyright&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute should hold two or three letters abbreviation for each article type. For example &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;RP&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Research Papers&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;EDI&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Editorial&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; etc. For example&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_category type=&amp;quot;RP&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Research Paper&amp;lt;/article_category&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_title&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Full title of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_title&amp;gt;First PeerJ Article&amp;lt;/article_title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;first_author&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
First author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;first_author&amp;gt;John Smith&amp;lt;/first_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;corr_author&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This element has a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute with values &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;proofto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;inarticle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;all&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;proofto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;amp;mdash; Author to whom the proof should be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;inarticle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;amp;mdash; Corresponding author&#039;s details which needs to appear in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; all &amp;amp;mdash; This is used when the corresponding author&#039;s details which should come in the article and the proof should be sent to is same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Name of the corresponding author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;email&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Email of the corresponding author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;corr_author type=&amp;quot;proofto&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;Dr. Mary John&amp;lt;/name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;email&amp;gt;m.john@reference.com&amp;lt;/email&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/corr_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;corr_author type=&amp;quot;inarticle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;Dr. John Smith&amp;lt;/name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;email&amp;gt;j.smith@university.com&amp;lt;/email&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/corr_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;corr_author type=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;Dr. Mary John&amp;lt;/name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;email&amp;gt;m.john@reference.com&amp;lt;/email&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/corr_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;history_date&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Has an attribute &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The values shall be &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;received, revised&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;accepted&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;history_date type=&amp;quot;received&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;date day=&amp;quot;15&amp;quot; month=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; yr=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/history_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;history_date type=&amp;quot;revised&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;date day=&amp;quot;16&amp;quot; month=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; yr=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/history_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;history_date type=&amp;quot;accepted&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;date day=&amp;quot;17&amp;quot; month=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; yr=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/history_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;copy-edit-content&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This element has one attribute &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The values are &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;yes&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;no&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;copy-edit-content required=&amp;quot;no&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;supplemental_info&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holds information regarding supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;file&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Details of supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;filename&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Filename of the supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File format. Audio, Video etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;title&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Caption to the supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;supplemental_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;Supplemental001S1&amp;lt;/filename&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;type&amp;gt;MOV&amp;lt;/type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;This is video file.&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;Supplemental001S2&amp;lt;/filename&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;type&amp;gt;WAV&amp;lt;/type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;This is an audio file.&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/supplemental_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;manuscript_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To hold details of the manuscript submitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;no_mns_pages&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Number of manuscript pages submitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;no_mns_pages&amp;gt;12&amp;lt;/no_mns_pages&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;source&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Source file submitted. TeX, Word or PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;source&amp;gt;TeX&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figures&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contain one or more figure details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;figure_nr, figure_type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fig_parts&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure_nr&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure number. Figure 1, Figure 2 etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure_type&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Should be &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;COLOUR&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;BW&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure_parts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Option element. Should be provided if that particular figure has part figures. Enter the number of figure parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;figures&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_nr&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/figure_nr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_type&amp;gt;COLOUR&amp;lt;/figure_type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;fig_parts&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/fig_parts&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_nr&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/figure_nr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_type&amp;gt;BW&amp;lt;/figure_type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/figures&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;tables&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Number of tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;tables&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/tables&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;other_info&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fastrack&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;proof_to_author&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;fastrack&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the article is fastrack, give &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, otherwise &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;NO&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;proof_to_author&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the proof need not be send to the author, then please give &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;NO&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Otherwise &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;other_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;fastrack&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/fastrack&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;proof_to_author&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/proof_to_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/other_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;remarks&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Any special remarks to the setter can be added here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;remarks&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   Any special remarks to the typesetter.&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/remarks&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=714</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=714"/>
		<updated>2012-12-21T01:27:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|FAQ - &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]] &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Model-wise bibliographic style files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]] [Not completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open Source tools to annotate PDFs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on TeX Live setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on MacBook Pro Unibody]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Generating PDF/A compliant PDFs from pdftex]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using TrueType fonts with pdfTeX]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[cuparticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cuparticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[XML coversheet]]&lt;br /&gt;
]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Marcia|Guest Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--* [[epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset]]--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=XML_coversheet&amp;diff=713</id>
		<title>XML coversheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=XML_coversheet&amp;diff=713"/>
		<updated>2012-12-17T23:17:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Elements and attributes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[PeerJ|&amp;lt;Back]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
River Valley have a XML complaint production tracking system known as `RVMS&#039; which means `River Valley Management System&#039;. It can import XML coversheets and bookin a new job. It can render the coversheet. So we request XML coversheets from our clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is XML coversheet?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
XML coversheet means, coversheets in XML format which are accompanied with the manuscript for typesetting. Metadata is tagged using XML elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Advantages of XML coversheets&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
XML coversheet poses lot of advantages. &lt;br /&gt;
# All meta information are tagged properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# This can easily be generated from manuscript submission systems without any re-keying.&lt;br /&gt;
# This can be used for booking in an article in any XML compliant production tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tagged information can be extracted or re-used in subsequent stages of production.&lt;br /&gt;
# Since the original data is used, typos can be avoided which eliminates further checking of metadata while proof-reading.&lt;br /&gt;
# Using XSLT, these coversheets can be rendered in a browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Specimen&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
You may download a specimen XML coversheet from here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://download.river-valley.com/RVMS/XML_Coversheet.xml XML coversheet]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Elements and attributes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;purchase_order&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Top-level element&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;purchase_order&lt;br /&gt;
   xmlns=&amp;quot;http://www.river-valley.com/xml/schema/purchase_order/2012.1/RVMS&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
   xmlns:xsi=&amp;quot;http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
   xsi:schemaLocation=&amp;quot;http://www.river-valley.com/xml/schema/purchase_order/2012.1/RVMS &lt;br /&gt;
   http://www.river-valley.com/xml/schema/purchase_order/2012.1/RVMS.xsd&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
   schema-version=&amp;quot;2012.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;order_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To hold the details about an order which may include publisher&#039;s name, order_date, due_date, stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;publisher&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Publisher&#039;s name. For example &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PeerJ&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;order_date&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date on which the purchase order is created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;timestamp&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The timestamp shall be in the format &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;2012-12-18T12:24:12.000&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;due_date&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date on which the proof is due back to the publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;stage&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The milestone (or stage) for which the purchase order is sent. This has two attributes namely &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;step&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;version&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;order_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;publisher&amp;gt;PeerJ&amp;lt;/publisher&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;order_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;timestamp&amp;gt;2012-12-18T12:24:12.000&amp;lt;/timestamp&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/order_date&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;due_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;timestamp&amp;gt;2012-12-31T12:24:12.000&amp;lt;/timestamp&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/due_date&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;stage step=&amp;quot;proof&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/order_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holds metadata related to the article. The main elements are &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;journal_meta, article_meta, manuscript_meta, other_info, remarks&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;journal_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;journal_id, journal_name, issn&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;journal_id&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provide journal id here, usually four or five letter journal code. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SPMI&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Superlattices and Microstructures&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;journal_name&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provide full name of the journal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;issn&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This has an attribute &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; with values &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ppub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is for online issn and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ppub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is for print issn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;journal_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;journal_id&amp;gt;peerj&amp;lt;/journal_id&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;journal_name&amp;gt;Journal of PeerJ&amp;lt;/journal_name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;issn type=&amp;quot;ppub&amp;quot;&amp;gt;xxxx-xxxx&amp;lt;/issn&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;issn type=&amp;quot;epub&amp;quot;&amp;gt;yyyy-yyyy&amp;lt;/issn&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/journal_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Details related to the article like doi, copyright, corresponding author etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_id[@pubid]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Article id provided by the publisher, usually numerals only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_id type=&amp;quot;pubid&amp;quot;&amp;gt;001&amp;lt;/article_id&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_id[@doi]&lt;br /&gt;
The DOI of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_id type=&amp;quot;doi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;10.1111/PeerJ.2012.001&amp;lt;/article_id&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;copyright[@year]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright year and copyright owner of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;copyright year=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PeerJ&amp;lt;/copyright&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute should hold two or three letters abbreviation for each article type. For example &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;RP&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Research Papers&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;EDI&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Editorial&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; etc. For example&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_category type=&amp;quot;RP&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Research Paper&amp;lt;/article_category&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_title&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Full title of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_title&amp;gt;First PeerJ Article&amp;lt;/article_title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;first_author&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
First author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;first_author&amp;gt;John Smith&amp;lt;/first_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;corr_author&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This element has a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute with values &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;proofto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;inarticle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;all&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;proofto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;amp;mdash; Author to whom the proof should be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;inarticle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;amp;mdash; Corresponding author&#039;s details which needs to appear in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; all &amp;amp;mdash; This is used when the corresponding author&#039;s details which should come in the article and the proof should be sent to is same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Name of the corresponding author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;email&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Email of the corresponding author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;corr_author type=&amp;quot;proofto&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;Dr. Mary John&amp;lt;/name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;email&amp;gt;m.john@reference.com&amp;lt;/email&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/corr_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;corr_author type=&amp;quot;inarticle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;Dr. John Smith&amp;lt;/name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;email&amp;gt;j.smith@university.com&amp;lt;/email&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/corr_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;corr_author type=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;Dr. Mary John&amp;lt;/name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;email&amp;gt;m.john@reference.com&amp;lt;/email&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/corr_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;history_date&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Has an attribute &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The values shall be &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;received, revised&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;accepted&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;history_date type=&amp;quot;received&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;date day=&amp;quot;15&amp;quot; month=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; yr=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/history_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;history_date type=&amp;quot;revised&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;date day=&amp;quot;16&amp;quot; month=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; yr=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/history_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;history_date type=&amp;quot;accepted&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;date day=&amp;quot;17&amp;quot; month=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; yr=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/history_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;copy-edit-content&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This element has one attribute &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The values are &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;yes&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;no&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;copy-edit-content required=&amp;quot;no&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;supplemental_info&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holds information regarding supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;file&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Details of supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;filename&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Filename of the supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File format. Audio, Video etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;title&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Caption to the supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;supplemental_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;Supplemental001S1&amp;lt;/filename&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;type&amp;gt;MOV&amp;lt;/type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;This is video file.&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;Supplemental001S2&amp;lt;/filename&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;type&amp;gt;WAV&amp;lt;/type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;This is an audio file.&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/supplemental_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;manuscript_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To hold details of the manuscript submitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;no_mns_pages&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Number of manuscript pages submitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;no_mns_pages&amp;gt;12&amp;lt;/no_mns_pages&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;source&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Source file submitted. TeX, Word or PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;source&amp;gt;TeX&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figures&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contain one or more figure details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;figure_nr, figure_type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fig_parts&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure_nr&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure number. Figure 1, Figure 2 etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure_type&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Should be &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;COLOUR&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;BW&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure_parts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Option element. Should be provided if that particular figure has part figures. Enter the number of figure parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;figures&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_nr&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/figure_nr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_type&amp;gt;COLOUR&amp;lt;/figure_type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;fig_parts&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/fig_parts&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_nr&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/figure_nr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_type&amp;gt;BW&amp;lt;/figure_type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/figures&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;tables&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Number of tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;tables&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/tables&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;other_info&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fastrack&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;proof_to_author&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;fastrack&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the article is fastrack, give &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, otherwise &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;NO&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;proof_to_author&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the proof need not be send to the author, then please give &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;NO&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Otherwise &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;other_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;fastrack&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/fastrack&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;proof_to_author&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/proof_to_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/other_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;remarks&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Any special remarks to the setter can be added here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;remarks&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   Any special remarks to the typesetter.&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/remarks&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=XML_coversheet&amp;diff=712</id>
		<title>XML coversheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=XML_coversheet&amp;diff=712"/>
		<updated>2012-12-17T19:39:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Advantages of XML coversheets */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[PeerJ|&amp;lt;Back]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Introduction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
River Valley have a XML complaint production tracking system known as `RVMS&#039; which means `River Valley Management System&#039;. It can import XML coversheets and bookin a new job. It can render the coversheet. So we request XML coversheets from our clients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is XML coversheet?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
XML coversheet means, coversheets in XML format which are accompanied with the manuscript for typesetting. Metadata is tagged using XML elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Advantages of XML coversheets&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
XML coversheet poses lot of advantages. &lt;br /&gt;
# All meta information are tagged properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# This can easily be generated from manuscript submission systems without any re-keying.&lt;br /&gt;
# This can be used for booking in an article in any XML compliant production tracking system.&lt;br /&gt;
# The tagged information can be extracted or re-used in subsequent stages of production.&lt;br /&gt;
# Since the original data is used, typos can be avoided which eliminates further checking of metadata while proof-reading.&lt;br /&gt;
# Using XSLT, these coversheets can be rendered in a browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Specimen&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
You may download a specimen XML coversheet from here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://download.river-valley.com/RVMS/XML_Coversheet.xml XML coversheet]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Elements and attributes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;purchase_order&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Top-level element&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;purchase_order&lt;br /&gt;
   xmlns=&amp;quot;http://www.river-valley.com/xml/schema/purchase_order/2012.1/RVMS&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
   xmlns:xsi=&amp;quot;http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
   xsi:schemaLocation=&amp;quot;http://www.river-valley.com/xml/schema/purchase_order/2012.1/RVMS &lt;br /&gt;
   http://www.river-valley.com/xml/schema/purchase_order/2012.1/RVMS.xsd&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
   schema-version=&amp;quot;2012.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;order_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To hold the details regarding the particular order which may include publisher&#039;s name, order_date, due_date, stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;publisher&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Publisher&#039;s name. For example &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PeerJ&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;order_date&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date on which the purchase order is created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;timestamp&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The timestamp should be in the format &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;2012-12-18T12:24:12.000&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;due_date&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The date on which the proof is due back to the publisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;stage&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is to say for which milestone stage the purchase order is sent. This has two attributes namely &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;step&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;version&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;order_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;publisher&amp;gt;PeerJ&amp;lt;/publisher&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;order_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;timestamp&amp;gt;2012-12-18T12:24:12.000&amp;lt;/timestamp&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/order_date&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;due_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;timestamp&amp;gt;2012-12-31T12:24:12.000&amp;lt;/timestamp&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/due_date&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;stage step=&amp;quot;proof&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/order_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holds the metadata related to the article. The main elements are &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;journal_meta, article_meta, manuscript_meta, other_info, remarks&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;journal_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;journal_id, journal_name, issn&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;journal_id&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provide the journal id here. Normally four or five letter journal code. For example, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;SPMI&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Superlattices and Microstructures&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;journal_name&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provide full name of the journal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;issn&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This has an attribute &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; with values &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ppub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is for online issn and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ppub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is for print issn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;journal_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;journal_id&amp;gt;peerj&amp;lt;/journal_id&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;journal_name&amp;gt;Journal of PeerJ&amp;lt;/journal_name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;issn type=&amp;quot;ppub&amp;quot;&amp;gt;xxxx-xxxx&amp;lt;/issn&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;issn type=&amp;quot;epub&amp;quot;&amp;gt;yyyy-yyyy&amp;lt;/issn&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/journal_meta&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Details related to the article like doi, copyright, corresponding author etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_id[@pubid]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Article id which the publisher provides. Normally integers only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_id type=&amp;quot;pubid&amp;quot;&amp;gt;001&amp;lt;/article_id&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_id[@doi]&lt;br /&gt;
The DOI of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_id type=&amp;quot;doi&amp;quot;&amp;gt;10.1111/PeerJ.2012.001&amp;lt;/article_id&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;copyright[@year]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright year and copyright owner of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;copyright year=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PeerJ&amp;lt;/copyright&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_category&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute should hold two or three letters abbreviation for each article type. For example &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;RP&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Research Papers&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;EDI&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Editorial&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; etc. For example&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_category type=&amp;quot;RP&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Research Paper&amp;lt;/article_category&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;article_title&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Full title of the article.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;article_title&amp;gt;First PeerJ Article&amp;lt;/article_title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;first_author&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Give the first author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;first_author&amp;gt;John Smith&amp;lt;/first_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;corr_author&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This element has a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; attribute with values &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;proofto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;inarticle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;all&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;proofto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;amp;mdash; Author to whom the proof should be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;inarticle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &amp;amp;mdash; Corresponding author&#039;s details which needs to appear in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; all &amp;amp;mdash; This is used when the corresponding author&#039;s details which should come in the article and the proof should be sent to is same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Name of the corresponding author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;email&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Email of corresponding author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;corr_author type=&amp;quot;proofto&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;Dr. Mary John&amp;lt;/name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;email&amp;gt;m.john@reference.com&amp;lt;/email&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/corr_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;corr_author type=&amp;quot;inarticle&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;Dr. John Smith&amp;lt;/name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;email&amp;gt;j.smith@university.com&amp;lt;/email&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/corr_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;corr_author type=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;Dr. Mary John&amp;lt;/name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;email&amp;gt;m.john@reference.com&amp;lt;/email&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/corr_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;history_date&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Has an attribute &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The values will be &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;received, revised&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;accepted&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;history_date type=&amp;quot;received&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;date day=&amp;quot;15&amp;quot; month=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; yr=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/history_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;history_date type=&amp;quot;revised&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;date day=&amp;quot;16&amp;quot; month=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; yr=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/history_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;history_date type=&amp;quot;accepted&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;date day=&amp;quot;17&amp;quot; month=&amp;quot;12&amp;quot; yr=&amp;quot;2012&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/history_date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;copy-edit-content&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This element has one attribute &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;required&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The values are &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;yes&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;no&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;copy-edit-content required=&amp;quot;no&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;supplemental_info&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holds information regarding supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;file&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Details of supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;filename&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Filename of the supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;type&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File format. Audio, Video etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;title&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Caption to the supplemental material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;supplemental_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;Supplemental001S1&amp;lt;/filename&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;type&amp;gt;MOV&amp;lt;/type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;This is video file.&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;Supplemental001S2&amp;lt;/filename&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;type&amp;gt;WAV&amp;lt;/type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;This is an audio file.&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/file&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/supplemental_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;manuscript_meta&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To hold details of the manuscript submitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;no_mns_pages&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Number of manuscript pages submitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;no_mns_pages&amp;gt;12&amp;lt;/no_mns_pages&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;source&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Source file submitted. TeX, Word or PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;source&amp;gt;TeX&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figures&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contain one or more figure details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;figure_nr, figure_type&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fig_parts&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure_nr&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Figure number. Figure 1, Figure 2 etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure_type&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Should be &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;COLOUR&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;BW&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;figure_parts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Option element. Should be provided if that particular figure has part figures. Enter the number of figure parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;figures&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_nr&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/figure_nr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_type&amp;gt;COLOUR&amp;lt;/figure_type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;fig_parts&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/fig_parts&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_nr&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/figure_nr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;figure_type&amp;gt;BW&amp;lt;/figure_type&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/figures&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;tables&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Number of tables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;tables&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/tables&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;other_info&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fastrack&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;proof_to_author&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;fastrack&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the article is fastrack, give &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, otherwise &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;NO&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;proof_to_author&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the proof need not be send to the author, then please give &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;NO&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Otherwise &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;other_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;fastrack&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/fastrack&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;proof_to_author&amp;gt;YES&amp;lt;/proof_to_author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/other_info&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;remarks&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Any special remarks to the setter can be added here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;remarks&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   Any special remarks to the typesetter.&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/remarks&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=650</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=650"/>
		<updated>2012-02-20T07:50:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|FAQ - &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]] &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Model-wise bibliographic style files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]] [Not completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open Source tools to annotate PDFs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on TeX Live setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on MacBook Pro Unibody]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Generating PDF/A compliant PDFs from pdftex]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using TrueType fonts with pdfTeX]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--* [[epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Marcia|Guest Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Marcia&amp;diff=621</id>
		<title>Marcia</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Marcia&amp;diff=621"/>
		<updated>2010-05-13T08:54:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Context */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;John Bunyan’s &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; (1678)&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;John Bunyan&#039;&#039;&#039;, a self-educated Puritan preacher, wrote his classic book &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Progress from This World to That Which Is to Come&#039;&#039; Pilgrim’s Progress while he was in jail in 1675 for refusing to conform to the tenets of the official Church of England. The book, an allegory describing the journey of a Christian from this world to the next, gives a vivid picture of the religious beliefs of Bunyan and other Nonconformists, who rejected the teaching of the State state Churchchurch. In the first part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, written originally to stand alone, Christian, the titular hero, becomes increasingly convinced that he and his community are under a sentence of judgment. Unable to persuade anyone else to flee destruction with him, he sets off alone on a journey to salvation. The second part tells the story of Christian’s wife, Christiana, and their children making on the same difficult journey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, first published in 1678, is a Puritan sermon in the form of a novel, using powerful and charming storytelling to teach the lesson that the world is the venue for the battle of spiritual forces and that victory only comes only through denying the world to seek salvation. Bunyan’s writings, of which &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is far and away the best known, allowed him to reach a huge audience despite his incarceration. His account of a religious “everyman” made him a celebrity in his own day and has inspired countless tracking people ever since.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Context==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English Civil War, a series of three armed conflicts (1641–1651), pitted not only Cavaliers (supporters of the king) against Roundheads (supporters of Parliament), or believers in divine right absolutist monarchy by divine right against those who championed some form of constitutional government, it also pitted the official Anglican religious settlement against the religion of the Puritans (Protestants who preferred a more rigorous and Bible-centered faith). Nonconformists, or Dissenters, as Puritans who rejected the Anglican Church were known, formed the backbone of the parliamentary armies led by Oliver Cromwell, which eventually overthrew the monarchy. During the Commonwealth (1649–1660), while Oliver Cromwell ruled as lord protector,[AuQ1] Dissenters were free to practice their religion as they chose. I have added this sentence to this page, just to show the tracking possibilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Cromwell’s death, England welcomed back Frederick II (r. 1660–1685) and, with him, a renewed Anglican settlement. The Restoration government moved quickly and severely against Dissenters, demanding full allegiance to the State ChurchChurch of England, or the Anglican Church. Official Anglicanism had wealth, resources, facilities, and educated clergy. Dissenting churches made do without any of these advantages, and the costs of resistance were high enough that the most Dissenters were drawn from the uneducated and poor working classes. Some became involved in political schemes to overthrow Charles or, later, his brother James II (r. 1685–1688). Eventually Dissenters would play a prominent role in ousting the Catholic James for the Protestant Mary and her Dutch Protestant husband William in the Glorious Revolution of 1688. Other Dissenters would leave England for places of refuge such as the New World (as the Pilgrims had done before the English Civil War). But most remained at home and avoided politics as best they could, worshiping according to their beliefs and living with the consequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Bunyan participated personally in the all the great happenings of his time. Although he was not yet a committed Puritan, as a teenager he served in the Parliamentary army toward the end of the English Civil War. Later, during the Commonwealth, he experienced his conversion, and used the freedom of that era to become a Dissenting preacher. Like many other Noncomformists, he experienced persecution under the Restoration government. Bunyan himself spent more than twelve years in jail for preaching without a license. He died just before England’s Glorious Revolution allowed some measure of freedom to those who shared his religious beliefs. Yet the ideas about faith he taught in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, along with the general English experience on Nonconformity, would contribute toward shaping English views about freedom, government, and the intersection of church and state, not only in Britain but in the United States as well. This is a new correction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Time Line==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*November 30, 1628—John Bunyan is born in Harrowden in Bedfordshire, Elstow, England.&lt;br /&gt;
*1649—The end of the Second English Civil War ushers in the Commonwealth.&lt;br /&gt;
*1653—Bunyan experiences a conversion and is baptized and received into the Baptist Church.&lt;br /&gt;
*1657—Bunyan begins his career as a preacher.&lt;br /&gt;
*1660—The end of the Commonwealth brings about the Restoration under Charles II.&lt;br /&gt;
*1660—Bunyan is imprisoned for the first time in Bedford Jail, a confinement that lasts until 1672.&lt;br /&gt;
*1666—Bunyan writes his autobiography, &#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*1675—Bunyan is imprisoned for the second time in Bedford Jail, where he writes &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*1678—&#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1682—&#039;&#039;The Holy War&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1684—The second part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1685—Charles II dies, and James II ascends to the throne.&lt;br /&gt;
*August 31, 1688—Bunyan dies.&lt;br /&gt;
*1688—The Glorious Revolution brings William and Mary to the throne and establishes limited religious freedom for Dissenters.&lt;br /&gt;
*1692—Bunyan’s last work, the anti-Catholic &#039;&#039;Of Antichrist and Her His Ruin&#039;&#039; is published.[AuQ2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About the Author==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English writer and preacher John Bunyan was born in Harrowden in the county of Bedfordshire on November 30, 1628, to an extremely poor family. He received only a minimal education and followed his father into trade as a tinker before he went on to serve in the Parliamentary army during the English Civil War. It was his marriage after the end of military service that changed Bunyan’s life. His wife brought as her only dowry two religious texts. Reading those books brought focused Bunyan’s thoughts increasingly onto his own spiritual condition and eventually led to what he recognized as a conversion in 1653. A handful of other books, particularly the Bible, the Anglican &#039;&#039;Book of Common Prayer&#039;&#039;, and John Foxe’s account of the Christian martyrs through history, &#039;&#039;Actes and Monuments&#039;&#039; (more commonly known as &#039;&#039;The Book of Martyrs), played an important role in Bunyan’s self-education. In 1653 he was baptized and received into the Baptist Church. [AuQ3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s faith took a public role in religious matters when he began to dispute with local Quakers in 1656; this led to increasing involvement in ministry and finally a call to serve a local Independent cCongregation as pastor.[AuQ4] Under the Commonwealth it was possible for self-proclaimed preachers to lead congregations. With the Restoration of both Charles II and the Anglican Church, however, the government began to move against unlicensed preachers. Bunyan refused to conform to the Church of England and was jailed in 1660. His first period of imprisonment lasted (with occasional interruptions) for twelve years. The confinement was lax, giving him opportunities to write. It was probably during this period that Bunyan began to plan &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, though he did not begin the writing process until later—certainly he was busy enough turning out his autobiography (&#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;) and other books, pamphlets, sermons, and poetry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon release, Bunyan immediately renewed his career as a pastor, serving a congregation until he was arrested and jailed again in 1675.[AuQ5] It was during the following brief stint in prison that he wrote the first part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, although the work was not published for three more years. In 1684 he published the second half of the work. Bunyan’s second jail term lasted only six months, and his increasing reputation and popularity protected him from further trouble. He was even offered royal patronage by James II, but Bunyan’s religious convictions caused him to refuse the post. He continued writing and preaching up until his death on August 31, 1688.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Explanation and Analysis of the Document==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[AuQ6]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===As I Walked through the Wilderness of This World===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an introduction in verse, Bunyan sets the stage for his story by describing it as the dream of the author; the author will not reawake until the final line of part 1. As a writer, Bunyan is known for his rich uses of imagery—imagery drawn heavily from the Authorized Version of the Bible. In this opening paragraph, for instance, the description of the future pilgrim is taken from scripture. “Filthy rags” are how the prophet Isaiah describes human attempts to please God; the Psalmist speaks of sins as a “heavy burden . . . too heavy for me.” Similarly, the despairing cry “What shall I do?” is an echo of several biblical passages. The sorrow, as the main character will soon relate, is a sense of impending judgment due for his own sins and the sins of his community. Such sorrow is a natural and appropriate response to encountering God’s truth, as the future pilgrim does when he reads his book (the Bible).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In This Plight, Therefore, He Went Home===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s description of the future pilgrim’s dilemma is a reflection of the differing understandings of salvation promoted by the state church (Church of England/Anglicans) and Bunyan’s own beliefs. The Church of England did not see society itself under judgment, taught that salvation lay in taking one’s appropriate place in society, and emphasized the communal rather than the individual aspects of salvation. Furthermore, the path to salvation offered through the Anglican Church was seen as the default position for any in the community who did not specifically reject it—no one need worry too much about being saved. Independents and other Puritans like Bunyan, however, understood society to be at odds with God. Salvation came only through rejecting society and its religious values and committing one’s self entirely to God. Although Bunyan’s version of Puritanism had strong communal implications (in part 2 of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, Christiana and her children travel together), there was an important individual component to religion. Underlying this stance was the assumption, in contrast to Anglicanism, that every person was lost &#039;&#039;unless&#039;&#039; he or she converted. The difference between the two positions is typical of a division in Western religiosity classified by sociologists as “church” versus “sect.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mocking and derision the future pilgrim experienced would have been very familiar to Bunyan’s audience. Bunyan himself was in jail when he wrote &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, and all Nonconformists faced significant penalties—socially, economically, and legally—for rejecting the state church in favor of their own religious beliefs. Adherence to a Dissenting congregation might even mean alienation from family and friends. It was this contempt that Puritans received from the world for their beliefs that strengthened the Puritan notion that the world itself was lost. Certainly the pressure to give up Dissenting beliefs and values taught the Puritans that the battles between good and evil over the destiny of souls were to be fought out in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan has the first step in the journey to salvation begin with personal anguish. For Puritans, salvation required a strong sense of individual sin and unworthiness. Only those recognizing their sinfulness could turn to God for forgiveness and mercy. It was typical of Puritan values that a decision for conversion only followed many hours of reflection and consideration. While some of their modern-day heirs understand conversion as an instant, once-and-for-all occurrence, for Puritans it was a process involving time and multiple stages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phrase (odd to modern ears) “children of my bowels” reflects Bunyan’s own familiarity with the Authorized Version of the Bible. The original Greek of the New Testament does indeed use the word correctly translated in the Authorized Version as “bowels” to describe what modern translations render in different places as “heart” or “feeling.” Modern Western people usually make the heart the seat of human emotion. The ancients gave that role to the stomach. It is the stomach that receives the rush of acid, for instance, with some strong emotions or that churns with anxiety or hurts during times of stress. The main character is simply adapting a literary expression to describe how dear his children are to him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw . . . [Him] Reading His Book, and Greatly Distressed in Mind===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The importance of reading in the main character’s conversion reflects Bunyan’s own experience—his conversion was prompted by two books of his wife’s. Of course, the book here in the story later proves to be the Bible, the chief source of inspiration for Bunyan, as for all good Puritans. But even these Bible-centered Protestants did not reject the help of other forms of literature. &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; itself was meant to be one of the books that helped Pilgrims on their way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evangelist is the first character to be introduced by name. In Bunyan’s story, the character of every person met in the pages is revealed by his or her name. Technically speaking, an Evangelist was one of the authors of the four Gospels (Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John), but Bunyan uses the name in the modern sense. Evangelist is someone who can tell the main character about salvation (“the Gospel” or “the Good News”). The future pilgrim has worked out his need for salvation on his own but requires someone to direct him on the path. Evangelist does not take him to salvation or plot the whole journey but merely points him in the right direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that up to this point in the story the main character does not yet have a name. His character has not yet been defined. Only after he makes an important decision can his true nature be revealed by the name he is given. This encounter between Evangelist and the main character emphasizes the individualistic aspect of the Puritan understanding of salvation. To obtain eternal life, the pilgrim must be willing to leave other kinds of life (family life, public life) behind. Underlying Bunyan’s beliefs was the conviction that “the world” (society, community, the established order) was opposed to God’s will and a hindrance to salvation. One must choose between the world’s way and God’s way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, Puritan religion was communal as well as individualistic. At some point each individual must make a personal decision, but such decisions are not made in isolation. There is no salvation for the main character with Evangelist to point the way. At critical times in the story other individuals will appear or reappear to keep the pilgrim on the path. The corporate nature of pilgrim life is emphasized more strongly in the second part of the book, where the pilgrims travel in a group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The description of the meeting between Evangelist and the main character is a classic descriptiondepiction of Puritan values. Human sin and its deserved condemnation are self-obviousevident, and many people in the course of life might become aware of them. However, some who recognized their own faults and knew know they needed to be saved might, by society’s pressure, decide to ignore their convictions. It iswas only when the sense of sin iswas too strong to ignore that the individual iswas willing to pursue relief. The main character is at this point, not yet saved but a seeker after salvation. And to seek, he must leave his community behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Neighbors Also Came Out===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decision to set out on the road to salvation was is a momentous one. Only now can the pilgrim be called by his appropriate name, Christian. While the state church would have claimed that all those living in the city of Destruction (which Christian has just fled) were Christians, for the Puritans real Christians were those who were aware of their own sin and who turned to God for salvation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The experience of opposition was an important part of Puritan self-understanding. Since the world was lost and under judgment, one could expect only opposition from those who lived in it. In the case of Christian, there is general contempt and specific opposition from the characters Obstinate and Pliable. Obstinate questions the pilgrim, allowing Christian to describe something of his hope for salvation, words that only bring derision on “the book.” Obstinate calls for the pilgrim to give up his silliness and come home, while Pliable proves more open to the message. Ultimately Pliable resolves to travel with the pilgrim, while Obstinate turns back in disgust. It is probably not a good sign for Pliable’s future as a pilgrim that he is more attracted to the journey by the joys of heaven than by the conviction for of his own sin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s short description of what the responses of Christian’s experiences from his neighbors hints at three types of opposition Nonconforming Christians experienced. The first was simple rejection, characterized by mockery—the sort of reaction Bunyan highlights in the story. The second, perhaps implied in the phrase “some cried after him to return,” was a more serious effort to convincepersuade Dissenters to abandon their peculiar religious ideas. Mr. Worldly Wiseman, who appears later in the reading, provides one example of this sort as he tries to talk Christian into losing his burden in Morality. The final type of opposition is implied in the attempt “to fetch him back by force.” The state church possessed great power from the government to compel conformity. Bunyan himself, of course, wrote &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; while he was in jail for preaching without a license, a license that never would have been issued to him. The amount of legal trouble Dissenters faced varied from place to place and time to time. There were districts and periods where Nonconformists were generally ignored, while on other occasions they might face strict persecution. Even after 1688, though, when the freedom of Protestants to worship was generally allowed, Nonconformists faced severe legal limitations in terms of careers and education. When Bunyan describes the world as actively hostile to Puritan Christians, he is doing no more than recounting a reality he and most Nonconformists experienced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw in My Dream, That When Obstinate Was Gone Back===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian and Pliable travel together, while Christian gives more details about the glorious future awaiting believers in heaven. Their conversation demonstrates that the book Christian carries with him is indeed the Bible, a sure source of knowledge about spiritual realities. Although Christian is eager to hurry down the path to the Heavenly City, he finds himself slowed by the burden of sin he still carries on his back like a pack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “Slough of Despond” is one of Bunyan’s most famous images. Like that of any good allegorical figure, its rich complexity defies simple characterization, but among other things it is a swamp that traps people who are beginning their pilgrimage to the Heavenly City. The Slough itself stains and defiles, and in it the weight of sin is even more burdensome. It is ultimately revealed that the swamp is created from the discouragement that attends an awareness of personal sin. Although it is a trap or hazard on the path to salvation, it is one that cannot be completely mended, because the sorrow and fear created by an awareness of sin is natural (and even necessary) for those seeking to escape judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if the Slough cannot ever be entirely drained, it should not be the great obstacle that it is. Here Bunyan is making a typical Puritan complaint against both the Catholic Church and the Anglican Church. Like a monarch ordering his highways to be maintained, God had commanded the road through the Slough to be repaired and provided much teaching to help Christians avoid being caught in the swamp of discouragement and self-doubt, yet these lessons had been mishandled, leaving many stuck in the mire. With appropriate instruction, a believer should be able to find God’s firm path through the dangerous slough. This is the fault of the state church, which neglects its essential functions and fails to teach important truths to its adherents, leaving pilgrims to find their own way down the difficult road to salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the hardships, Christian fights his way through the swamp, with the aid of the character Help—yet another reminder of the corporate aspect of Puritan faith. Christian needs others to give him a hand up from the swamp and to point him to the right path. and continues on his way. But Pliable, who before was so eager to experience the joys of the Heavenly City, is overwhelmed by the challenges of the journey and turns away. Christian continues on his way. The character Help is yet another reminder of the corporate aspect of Puritan faith. Christian needs others to give him a hand up from the swamp and to point him on the right way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw in My Dream That by This Time Pliable Was Got Home===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s audience would have been very familiar with individuals who had temporarily associated themselves with Dissenting congregations and then returned to the state church. The story of Pliable served as a cautionary tale. Those who went back to their old ways were likely to get just as much grief from their neighbors as if they had remained true, yet they would also miss out on heaven. In fact, since Pliable is around to be derided by his neighbors while Christian has moved on, Pliable may be even be worse off in the present life, just as he will certainly be worse off in the future one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now As Christian Was Walking Solitary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian continues on his journey and encounters a new figure, a man who hasd advice for him. The pilgrim has set out on the road to the Heavenly City in order to have the burden lifted from his back. Mr. Worldly Wiseman suggests that there are easier ways to remove the burden, ways that do not involve hardship, danger, or the loss of his family and community standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a Puritan perspective, images of morality and civility promoted by society and the Church of England were traps. As Puritans understood the Bible, human effort (“keeping the law”) was unable tocould not save people from God’s judgment. To them, much of what the state church offered was a reliance on human effort, helping people to feel better about themselves so that they no longer noticed their burden of sin but not actually providing salvation. The Puritans saw such teaching as a medicine that masked a patient’s symptoms without curing the deadly disease. In rejecting “morality,” the Puritans were not advocating wild, sinful lifestyles—after all, Puritanism today is a byword for ultrastrict conduct. Instead, they were rejecting “moralism,” the idea that avoiding certain conspicuous sins was enough to please God. Civility was an even greater trap, elevating politeness and deference to society’s ideals of appropriate public behavior as the ultimate standard of human conduct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Worldly Wiseman mocks both the teaching of “the book” and Christian’s efforts to understand it. The warning not to meddle in things too high for him was typical of the advice that often uneducated Dissenters might frequently receive. Many educated people believed that only the trained experts of the state church were competent to interpret the Bible and God’s will and found it offensive that less-educated and less-qualified people would presume to do so. Although it was not necessarily true of the first generation of Puritans, there was an increasing element of class division between Dissenters and the supporters of the established church. This division would grow with time, so that most Nonconforming English groups (Congregationalists, Presbyterians, Baptists, and later Methodists), would be firmly working-class in orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Bunyan, socially acceptable alternatives to fleeing the City of Destruction were foolish tricks. The burden of sin was a real problem pointing to a real solution, and any alleged “cure” that caused a would-be pilgrim to forsake the journey to salvation was a terrible lie. Christian is taken in and leaves the correct road for a dead-end path. Even though the difficult way of salvation is full of misleading tracks, it is always possible to get back on the right road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===So Christian Turned Out of His Way===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[AuQ7]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way of morality and civility seemed to offer an attractive short-cut to relief from the burden of sin, yet as Christian tries to go that direction, he finds the burden of sin growing and the path actually more difficultharder to follow. Trying to lead a genuinely moral life proves to be more difficult than it seemed initially, and is unable todoes not lead to salvation. Poor Christian despairs of ever reaching the Heavenly City. However, even though his sins are great, it is possible for him to return to the true path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now Christian Looked for Nothing but Death=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poor Christian despairs of ever reaching the Heavenly City. However, even though his sins are great, it is possible for him to return to the true path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audience==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan wrote for the sorts of people who attended or were likely to attend congregations not affiliated with the Church of England. Such Dissenters might lack formal education but often knew the Bible well and were familiar, through sermons, with many of the types of imagery Bunyan employed in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;. The book was aimed both at those considering conversion and Christians who needed encouragement to remain faithful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For many years &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; was appreciated as a classic work of English literature. Most English-language readers encounter it today only in the classroom, but Bunyan’s work still reaches an audience through other authors who have incorporated his values and ideas. Today &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; remains widely read as a religious work, particularly by Protestants of almost all denominations. Modern Christians particularly appreciate Bunyan’s theological understanding of discouragement as a natural part of faith. The text is also still used by Christian missionaries as a way to introduce Protestant beliefs about conversion and salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is often said that, after the Bible, &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; iswas the most printed, published, and translated book in the world. (It appeared in ninety different editions in the first hundred years after its publication and has been translated into more than two hundred languages.) Certainly it was the top best-seller in premodern England and enjoyed a similar popularity in colonial America. For generations Bunyan’s allegory was the most popular religious text in the English-speaking world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Bunyan’s literary reputation has somewhat diminished in modern times, it was not only his religious views that were influential. Readers who passed over the spiritual message of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; were often affected by Bunyan’s powerful and creative literary style. Bunyan’s influence extends even over those who reject his basic values or have never read his work—the popular magazine &#039;&#039;Vanity Fair&#039;&#039; takes its name from a large community’s market in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, for Bunyan a place of temptation to avoid. Another of many of Bunyan’s phrases to enter popular culture is “Slough of Despond.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an author, Bunyan still continues to exert influence. C. S. Lewis, the author of the Narnia stories and a popular Christian writer, was inspired by Bunyan to write a modern Christian allegory, which he entitled &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Regress&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; had a discernable impact on such classic literature as Charlotte Brontë’s &#039;&#039;Jane Eyre&#039;&#039;, Louisa May Alcott’s &#039;&#039;Little Women&#039;&#039;, and Kurt Vonnegut’s &#039;&#039;Slaughterhouse-Five&#039;&#039;, and, of course, William Makepiece Makepeace Thackeray’s &#039;&#039;Vanity Fair&#039;&#039;, as well as dozens of lesser-known modern works. It was made into an opera by Ralph Vaughan Williams and more recently into a rock opera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More important to Bunyan would have been the religious legacy of his writing. When Bunyan wrote his classic work, he was expressing the values of a persecuted minority. With time, however, and certainly helped by the wide popularity of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, Puritan beliefs became more and more mainstream, until today many of their convictions are widely held in the Protestant community worldwide. Bunyan’s understanding of conversion, of Christian mistrust of society, of the role of the individual, and of the authority of scripture are shared by the majority of Christians in Britain and the United States today. Perhaps the greatest testimony to how widely accepted &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is by modern Christians is the inclusion of Christian’s hymn “He Who Would Valiant Be” in the Church of England hymnal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Essential Quotes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“He answered, ‘Sir, I perceive, by the book in my hand, that I am condemned to die, and after that to come to judgment; and I find that I am not willing to do the first, nor able to do the second’” (chapter 1, paragraph 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So I saw in my dream that the man began to run. Now he had not run far from his own door when his wife and children, perceiving it, began to cry after him to return; but the man put his fingers in his ears, and ran on crying, Life! life! eternal life!”(chapter 1, paragraph 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So Christian turned out of his way to go to Mr. Legality’s house for help: but, behold, when he was got now hard by the hill, it seemed so high, and also that side of it that was next the way-side did hang so much over, that Christian was afraid to venture further, lest the hill should fall on his head; wherefore there he stood still, and wotted not what to do. Also his burden now seemed heavier to him than while he was in his way” (chapter 1, paragraph 80).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Articles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Dutton, Richard A. “‘Interesting, but Tough’: Reading The Pilgrim’s Progress”. &#039;&#039;Studies in English Literature&#039;&#039;18, no. 3 (Summer 1978): 439–456.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Books===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bunyan, John. &#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;. New York: Penguin, 1987.&lt;br /&gt;
#Furlong, Monica. &#039;&#039;Puritan’s Progress: A Study of John Bunyan&#039;&#039;. London: Hodder &amp;amp;amp; Stoughton, 1975.&lt;br /&gt;
#Greaves, Richard L. &#039;&#039;Glimpses of Glory: John Bunyan and English Dissent&#039;&#039;. Standford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hill, Christopher. &#039;&#039;A Tinker and a Poor Man: John Bunyan and His Church, 1628–1688&#039;&#039;. New York: Knopf, 1988.&lt;br /&gt;
#Mullett, Michael. &#039;&#039;John Bunyan in Context&#039;&#039;. Keele, U.K.: Keele University Press, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
#Vincent Newey, ed. &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Progress: Critical and Historical Views&#039;&#039;. Liverpool, U.K.: University of Liverpool Press, 1980.&lt;br /&gt;
#Winslow, Ola Elizabeth. &#039;&#039;John Bunyan&#039;&#039;. New York: Macmillan, 1961. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—Raymond Powell&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=User_talk:Cvr&amp;diff=619</id>
		<title>User talk:Cvr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=User_talk:Cvr&amp;diff=619"/>
		<updated>2010-05-11T09:38:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: New page: The heading &amp;#039;Further Reading&amp;#039; was at chapter heading level, changed to section heading level. ~~~&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The heading &#039;Further Reading&#039; was at chapter heading level, changed to section heading level. [[User:Cvr|CVR]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Marcia&amp;diff=618</id>
		<title>Marcia</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Marcia&amp;diff=618"/>
		<updated>2010-05-11T09:36:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Further Reading */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;John Bunyan’s &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; (1678)&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Bunyan, a self-educated Puritan preacher, wrote his classic book &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Progress from This World to That Which Is to Come&#039;&#039; Pilgrim’s Progress while he was in jail in 1675 for refusing to conform to the tenets of the official Church of England. The book, an allegory describing the journey of a Christian from this world to the next, gives a vivid picture of the religious beliefs of Bunyan and other Nonconformists, who rejected the teaching of the State state Churchchurch. In the first part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, written originally to stand alone, Christian, the titular hero, becomes increasingly convinced that he and his community are under a sentence of judgment. Unable to persuade anyone else to flee destruction with him, he sets off alone on a journey to salvation. The second part tells the story of Christian’s wife, Christiana, and their children making on the same difficult journey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, first published in 1678, is a Puritan sermon in the form of a novel, using powerful and charming storytelling to teach the lesson that the world is the venue for the battle of spiritual forces and that victory only comes only through denying the world to seek salvation. Bunyan’s writings, of which &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is far and away the best known, allowed him to reach a huge audience despite his incarceration. His account of a religious “everyman” made him a celebrity in his own day and has inspired countless tracking people ever since.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Context==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English Civil War, a series of three armed conflicts (1641–1651), pitted not only Cavaliers (supporters of the king) against Roundheads (supporters of Parliament), or believers in divine right absolutist monarchy by divine right against those who championed some form of constitutional government, it also pitted the official Anglican religious settlement against the religion of the Puritans (Protestants who preferred a more rigorous and Bible-centered faith). Nonconformists, or Dissenters, as Puritans who rejected the Anglican Church were known, formed the backbone of the parliamentary armies led by Oliver Cromwell, which eventually overthrew the monarchy. During the Commonwealth (1649–1660), while Oliver Cromwell ruled as lord protector,[AuQ1] Dissenters were free to practice their religion as they chose. I have added this sentence to this page, just to show the tracking possibilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Cromwell’s death, England welcomed back Charles II (r. 1660–1685) and, with him, a renewed Anglican settlement. The Restoration government moved quickly and severely against Dissenters, demanding full allegiance to the State ChurchChurch of England, or the Anglican Church. Official Anglicanism had wealth, resources, facilities, and educated clergy. Dissenting churches made do without any of these advantages, and the costs of resistance were high enough that the most Dissenters were drawn from the uneducated and poor working classes. Some became involved in political schemes to overthrow Charles or, later, his brother James II (r. 1685–1688). Eventually Dissenters would play a prominent role in ousting the Catholic James for the Protestant Mary and her Dutch Protestant husband William in the Glorious Revolution of 1688. Other Dissenters would leave England for places of refuge such as the New World (as the Pilgrims had done before the English Civil War). But most remained at home and avoided politics as best they could, worshiping according to their beliefs and living with the consequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Bunyan participated personally in the all the great happenings of his time. Although he was not yet a committed Puritan, as a teenager he served in the Parliamentary army toward the end of the English Civil War. Later, during the Commonwealth, he experienced his conversion, and used the freedom of that era to become a Dissenting preacher. Like many other Noncomformists, he experienced persecution under the Restoration government. Bunyan himself spent more than twelve years in jail for preaching without a license. He died just before England’s Glorious Revolution allowed some measure of freedom to those who shared his religious beliefs. Yet the ideas about faith he taught in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, along with the general English experience on Nonconformity, would contribute toward shaping English views about freedom, government, and the intersection of church and state, not only in Britain but in the United States as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Time Line==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*November 30, 1628—John Bunyan is born in Harrowden in Bedfordshire, Elstow, England.&lt;br /&gt;
*1649—The end of the Second English Civil War ushers in the Commonwealth.&lt;br /&gt;
*1653—Bunyan experiences a conversion and is baptized and received into the Baptist Church.&lt;br /&gt;
*1657—Bunyan begins his career as a preacher.&lt;br /&gt;
*1660—The end of the Commonwealth brings about the Restoration under Charles II.&lt;br /&gt;
*1660—Bunyan is imprisoned for the first time in Bedford Jail, a confinement that lasts until 1672.&lt;br /&gt;
*1666—Bunyan writes his autobiography, &#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*1675—Bunyan is imprisoned for the second time in Bedford Jail, where he writes &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*1678—&#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1682—&#039;&#039;The Holy War&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1684—The second part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1685—Charles II dies, and James II ascends to the throne.&lt;br /&gt;
*August 31, 1688—Bunyan dies.&lt;br /&gt;
*1688—The Glorious Revolution brings William and Mary to the throne and establishes limited religious freedom for Dissenters.&lt;br /&gt;
*1692—Bunyan’s last work, the anti-Catholic &#039;&#039;Of Antichrist and Her His Ruin&#039;&#039; is published.[AuQ2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About the Author==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English writer and preacher John Bunyan was born in Harrowden in the county of Bedfordshire on November 30, 1628, to an extremely poor family. He received only a minimal education and followed his father into trade as a tinker before he went on to serve in the Parliamentary army during the English Civil War. It was his marriage after the end of military service that changed Bunyan’s life. His wife brought as her only dowry two religious texts. Reading those books brought focused Bunyan’s thoughts increasingly onto his own spiritual condition and eventually led to what he recognized as a conversion in 1653. A handful of other books, particularly the Bible, the Anglican &#039;&#039;Book of Common Prayer&#039;&#039;, and John Foxe’s account of the Christian martyrs through history, &#039;&#039;Actes and Monuments&#039;&#039; (more commonly known as &#039;&#039;The Book of Martyrs), played an important role in Bunyan’s self-education. In 1653 he was baptized and received into the Baptist Church. [AuQ3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s faith took a public role in religious matters when he began to dispute with local Quakers in 1656; this led to increasing involvement in ministry and finally a call to serve a local Independent cCongregation as pastor.[AuQ4] Under the Commonwealth it was possible for self-proclaimed preachers to lead congregations. With the Restoration of both Charles II and the Anglican Church, however, the government began to move against unlicensed preachers. Bunyan refused to conform to the Church of England and was jailed in 1660. His first period of imprisonment lasted (with occasional interruptions) for twelve years. The confinement was lax, giving him opportunities to write. It was probably during this period that Bunyan began to plan &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, though he did not begin the writing process until later—certainly he was busy enough turning out his autobiography (&#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;) and other books, pamphlets, sermons, and poetry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon release, Bunyan immediately renewed his career as a pastor, serving a congregation until he was arrested and jailed again in 1675.[AuQ5] It was during the following brief stint in prison that he wrote the first part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, although the work was not published for three more years. In 1684 he published the second half of the work. Bunyan’s second jail term lasted only six months, and his increasing reputation and popularity protected him from further trouble. He was even offered royal patronage by James II, but Bunyan’s religious convictions caused him to refuse the post. He continued writing and preaching up until his death on August 31, 1688.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Explanation and Analysis of the Document==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[AuQ6]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===As I Walked through the Wilderness of This World===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an introduction in verse, Bunyan sets the stage for his story by describing it as the dream of the author; the author will not reawake until the final line of part 1. As a writer, Bunyan is known for his rich uses of imagery—imagery drawn heavily from the Authorized Version of the Bible. In this opening paragraph, for instance, the description of the future pilgrim is taken from scripture. “Filthy rags” are how the prophet Isaiah describes human attempts to please God; the Psalmist speaks of sins as a “heavy burden . . . too heavy for me.” Similarly, the despairing cry “What shall I do?” is an echo of several biblical passages. The sorrow, as the main character will soon relate, is a sense of impending judgment due for his own sins and the sins of his community. Such sorrow is a natural and appropriate response to encountering God’s truth, as the future pilgrim does when he reads his book (the Bible).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In This Plight, Therefore, He Went Home===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s description of the future pilgrim’s dilemma is a reflection of the differing understandings of salvation promoted by the state church (Church of England/Anglicans) and Bunyan’s own beliefs. The Church of England did not see society itself under judgment, taught that salvation lay in taking one’s appropriate place in society, and emphasized the communal rather than the individual aspects of salvation. Furthermore, the path to salvation offered through the Anglican Church was seen as the default position for any in the community who did not specifically reject it—no one need worry too much about being saved. Independents and other Puritans like Bunyan, however, understood society to be at odds with God. Salvation came only through rejecting society and its religious values and committing one’s self entirely to God. Although Bunyan’s version of Puritanism had strong communal implications (in part 2 of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, Christiana and her children travel together), there was an important individual component to religion. Underlying this stance was the assumption, in contrast to Anglicanism, that every person was lost &#039;&#039;unless&#039;&#039; he or she converted. The difference between the two positions is typical of a division in Western religiosity classified by sociologists as “church” versus “sect.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mocking and derision the future pilgrim experienced would have been very familiar to Bunyan’s audience. Bunyan himself was in jail when he wrote &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, and all Nonconformists faced significant penalties—socially, economically, and legally—for rejecting the state church in favor of their own religious beliefs. Adherence to a Dissenting congregation might even mean alienation from family and friends. It was this contempt that Puritans received from the world for their beliefs that strengthened the Puritan notion that the world itself was lost. Certainly the pressure to give up Dissenting beliefs and values taught the Puritans that the battles between good and evil over the destiny of souls were to be fought out in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan has the first step in the journey to salvation begin with personal anguish. For Puritans, salvation required a strong sense of individual sin and unworthiness. Only those recognizing their sinfulness could turn to God for forgiveness and mercy. It was typical of Puritan values that a decision for conversion only followed many hours of reflection and consideration. While some of their modern-day heirs understand conversion as an instant, once-and-for-all occurrence, for Puritans it was a process involving time and multiple stages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phrase (odd to modern ears) “children of my bowels” reflects Bunyan’s own familiarity with the Authorized Version of the Bible. The original Greek of the New Testament does indeed use the word correctly translated in the Authorized Version as “bowels” to describe what modern translations render in different places as “heart” or “feeling.” Modern Western people usually make the heart the seat of human emotion. The ancients gave that role to the stomach. It is the stomach that receives the rush of acid, for instance, with some strong emotions or that churns with anxiety or hurts during times of stress. The main character is simply adapting a literary expression to describe how dear his children are to him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw . . . [Him] Reading His Book, and Greatly Distressed in Mind===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The importance of reading in the main character’s conversion reflects Bunyan’s own experience—his conversion was prompted by two books of his wife’s. Of course, the book here in the story later proves to be the Bible, the chief source of inspiration for Bunyan, as for all good Puritans. But even these Bible-centered Protestants did not reject the help of other forms of literature. &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; itself was meant to be one of the books that helped Pilgrims on their way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evangelist is the first character to be introduced by name. In Bunyan’s story, the character of every person met in the pages is revealed by his or her name. Technically speaking, an Evangelist was one of the authors of the four Gospels (Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John), but Bunyan uses the name in the modern sense. Evangelist is someone who can tell the main character about salvation (“the Gospel” or “the Good News”). The future pilgrim has worked out his need for salvation on his own but requires someone to direct him on the path. Evangelist does not take him to salvation or plot the whole journey but merely points him in the right direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that up to this point in the story the main character does not yet have a name. His character has not yet been defined. Only after he makes an important decision can his true nature be revealed by the name he is given. This encounter between Evangelist and the main character emphasizes the individualistic aspect of the Puritan understanding of salvation. To obtain eternal life, the pilgrim must be willing to leave other kinds of life (family life, public life) behind. Underlying Bunyan’s beliefs was the conviction that “the world” (society, community, the established order) was opposed to God’s will and a hindrance to salvation. One must choose between the world’s way and God’s way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, Puritan religion was communal as well as individualistic. At some point each individual must make a personal decision, but such decisions are not made in isolation. There is no salvation for the main character with Evangelist to point the way. At critical times in the story other individuals will appear or reappear to keep the pilgrim on the path. The corporate nature of pilgrim life is emphasized more strongly in the second part of the book, where the pilgrims travel in a group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The description of the meeting between Evangelist and the main character is a classic descriptiondepiction of Puritan values. Human sin and its deserved condemnation are self-obviousevident, and many people in the course of life might become aware of them. However, some who recognized their own faults and knew know they needed to be saved might, by society’s pressure, decide to ignore their convictions. It iswas only when the sense of sin iswas too strong to ignore that the individual iswas willing to pursue relief. The main character is at this point, not yet saved but a seeker after salvation. And to seek, he must leave his community behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Neighbors Also Came Out===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decision to set out on the road to salvation was is a momentous one. Only now can the pilgrim be called by his appropriate name, Christian. While the state church would have claimed that all those living in the city of Destruction (which Christian has just fled) were Christians, for the Puritans real Christians were those who were aware of their own sin and who turned to God for salvation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The experience of opposition was an important part of Puritan self-understanding. Since the world was lost and under judgment, one could expect only opposition from those who lived in it. In the case of Christian, there is general contempt and specific opposition from the characters Obstinate and Pliable. Obstinate questions the pilgrim, allowing Christian to describe something of his hope for salvation, words that only bring derision on “the book.” Obstinate calls for the pilgrim to give up his silliness and come home, while Pliable proves more open to the message. Ultimately Pliable resolves to travel with the pilgrim, while Obstinate turns back in disgust. It is probably not a good sign for Pliable’s future as a pilgrim that he is more attracted to the journey by the joys of heaven than by the conviction for of his own sin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s short description of what the responses of Christian’s experiences from his neighbors hints at three types of opposition Nonconforming Christians experienced. The first was simple rejection, characterized by mockery—the sort of reaction Bunyan highlights in the story. The second, perhaps implied in the phrase “some cried after him to return,” was a more serious effort to convincepersuade Dissenters to abandon their peculiar religious ideas. Mr. Worldly Wiseman, who appears later in the reading, provides one example of this sort as he tries to talk Christian into losing his burden in Morality. The final type of opposition is implied in the attempt “to fetch him back by force.” The state church possessed great power from the government to compel conformity. Bunyan himself, of course, wrote &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; while he was in jail for preaching without a license, a license that never would have been issued to him. The amount of legal trouble Dissenters faced varied from place to place and time to time. There were districts and periods where Nonconformists were generally ignored, while on other occasions they might face strict persecution. Even after 1688, though, when the freedom of Protestants to worship was generally allowed, Nonconformists faced severe legal limitations in terms of careers and education. When Bunyan describes the world as actively hostile to Puritan Christians, he is doing no more than recounting a reality he and most Nonconformists experienced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw in My Dream, That When Obstinate Was Gone Back===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian and Pliable travel together, while Christian gives more details about the glorious future awaiting believers in heaven. Their conversation demonstrates that the book Christian carries with him is indeed the Bible, a sure source of knowledge about spiritual realities. Although Christian is eager to hurry down the path to the Heavenly City, he finds himself slowed by the burden of sin he still carries on his back like a pack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “Slough of Despond” is one of Bunyan’s most famous images. Like that of any good allegorical figure, its rich complexity defies simple characterization, but among other things it is a swamp that traps people who are beginning their pilgrimage to the Heavenly City. The Slough itself stains and defiles, and in it the weight of sin is even more burdensome. It is ultimately revealed that the swamp is created from the discouragement that attends an awareness of personal sin. Although it is a trap or hazard on the path to salvation, it is one that cannot be completely mended, because the sorrow and fear created by an awareness of sin is natural (and even necessary) for those seeking to escape judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if the Slough cannot ever be entirely drained, it should not be the great obstacle that it is. Here Bunyan is making a typical Puritan complaint against both the Catholic Church and the Anglican Church. Like a monarch ordering his highways to be maintained, God had commanded the road through the Slough to be repaired and provided much teaching to help Christians avoid being caught in the swamp of discouragement and self-doubt, yet these lessons had been mishandled, leaving many stuck in the mire. With appropriate instruction, a believer should be able to find God’s firm path through the dangerous slough. This is the fault of the state church, which neglects its essential functions and fails to teach important truths to its adherents, leaving pilgrims to find their own way down the difficult road to salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the hardships, Christian fights his way through the swamp, with the aid of the character Help—yet another reminder of the corporate aspect of Puritan faith. Christian needs others to give him a hand up from the swamp and to point him to the right path. and continues on his way. But Pliable, who before was so eager to experience the joys of the Heavenly City, is overwhelmed by the challenges of the journey and turns away. Christian continues on his way. The character Help is yet another reminder of the corporate aspect of Puritan faith. Christian needs others to give him a hand up from the swamp and to point him on the right way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw in My Dream That by This Time Pliable Was Got Home===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s audience would have been very familiar with individuals who had temporarily associated themselves with Dissenting congregations and then returned to the state church. The story of Pliable served as a cautionary tale. Those who went back to their old ways were likely to get just as much grief from their neighbors as if they had remained true, yet they would also miss out on heaven. In fact, since Pliable is around to be derided by his neighbors while Christian has moved on, Pliable may be even be worse off in the present life, just as he will certainly be worse off in the future one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now As Christian Was Walking Solitary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian continues on his journey and encounters a new figure, a man who hasd advice for him. The pilgrim has set out on the road to the Heavenly City in order to have the burden lifted from his back. Mr. Worldly Wiseman suggests that there are easier ways to remove the burden, ways that do not involve hardship, danger, or the loss of his family and community standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a Puritan perspective, images of morality and civility promoted by society and the Church of England were traps. As Puritans understood the Bible, human effort (“keeping the law”) was unable tocould not save people from God’s judgment. To them, much of what the state church offered was a reliance on human effort, helping people to feel better about themselves so that they no longer noticed their burden of sin but not actually providing salvation. The Puritans saw such teaching as a medicine that masked a patient’s symptoms without curing the deadly disease. In rejecting “morality,” the Puritans were not advocating wild, sinful lifestyles—after all, Puritanism today is a byword for ultrastrict conduct. Instead, they were rejecting “moralism,” the idea that avoiding certain conspicuous sins was enough to please God. Civility was an even greater trap, elevating politeness and deference to society’s ideals of appropriate public behavior as the ultimate standard of human conduct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Worldly Wiseman mocks both the teaching of “the book” and Christian’s efforts to understand it. The warning not to meddle in things too high for him was typical of the advice that often uneducated Dissenters might frequently receive. Many educated people believed that only the trained experts of the state church were competent to interpret the Bible and God’s will and found it offensive that less-educated and less-qualified people would presume to do so. Although it was not necessarily true of the first generation of Puritans, there was an increasing element of class division between Dissenters and the supporters of the established church. This division would grow with time, so that most Nonconforming English groups (Congregationalists, Presbyterians, Baptists, and later Methodists), would be firmly working-class in orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Bunyan, socially acceptable alternatives to fleeing the City of Destruction were foolish tricks. The burden of sin was a real problem pointing to a real solution, and any alleged “cure” that caused a would-be pilgrim to forsake the journey to salvation was a terrible lie. Christian is taken in and leaves the correct road for a dead-end path. Even though the difficult way of salvation is full of misleading tracks, it is always possible to get back on the right road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===So Christian Turned Out of His Way===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[AuQ7]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way of morality and civility seemed to offer an attractive short-cut to relief from the burden of sin, yet as Christian tries to go that direction, he finds the burden of sin growing and the path actually more difficultharder to follow. Trying to lead a genuinely moral life proves to be more difficult than it seemed initially, and is unable todoes not lead to salvation. Poor Christian despairs of ever reaching the Heavenly City. However, even though his sins are great, it is possible for him to return to the true path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now Christian Looked for Nothing but Death=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poor Christian despairs of ever reaching the Heavenly City. However, even though his sins are great, it is possible for him to return to the true path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audience==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan wrote for the sorts of people who attended or were likely to attend congregations not affiliated with the Church of England. Such Dissenters might lack formal education but often knew the Bible well and were familiar, through sermons, with many of the types of imagery Bunyan employed in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;. The book was aimed both at those considering conversion and Christians who needed encouragement to remain faithful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For many years &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; was appreciated as a classic work of English literature. Most English-language readers encounter it today only in the classroom, but Bunyan’s work still reaches an audience through other authors who have incorporated his values and ideas. Today &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; remains widely read as a religious work, particularly by Protestants of almost all denominations. Modern Christians particularly appreciate Bunyan’s theological understanding of discouragement as a natural part of faith. The text is also still used by Christian missionaries as a way to introduce Protestant beliefs about conversion and salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is often said that, after the Bible, &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; iswas the most printed, published, and translated book in the world. (It appeared in ninety different editions in the first hundred years after its publication and has been translated into more than two hundred languages.) Certainly it was the top best-seller in premodern England and enjoyed a similar popularity in colonial America. For generations Bunyan’s allegory was the most popular religious text in the English-speaking world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Bunyan’s literary reputation has somewhat diminished in modern times, it was not only his religious views that were influential. Readers who passed over the spiritual message of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; were often affected by Bunyan’s powerful and creative literary style. Bunyan’s influence extends even over those who reject his basic values or have never read his work—the popular magazine &#039;&#039;Vanity Fair&#039;&#039; takes its name from a large community’s market in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, for Bunyan a place of temptation to avoid. Another of many of Bunyan’s phrases to enter popular culture is “Slough of Despond.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an author, Bunyan still continues to exert influence. C. S. Lewis, the author of the Narnia stories and a popular Christian writer, was inspired by Bunyan to write a modern Christian allegory, which he entitled &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Regress&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; had a discernable impact on such classic literature as Charlotte Brontë’s &#039;&#039;Jane Eyre&#039;&#039;, Louisa May Alcott’s &#039;&#039;Little Women&#039;&#039;, and Kurt Vonnegut’s &#039;&#039;Slaughterhouse-Five&#039;&#039;, and, of course, William Makepiece Makepeace Thackeray’s &#039;&#039;Vanity Fair&#039;&#039;, as well as dozens of lesser-known modern works. It was made into an opera by Ralph Vaughan Williams and more recently into a rock opera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More important to Bunyan would have been the religious legacy of his writing. When Bunyan wrote his classic work, he was expressing the values of a persecuted minority. With time, however, and certainly helped by the wide popularity of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, Puritan beliefs became more and more mainstream, until today many of their convictions are widely held in the Protestant community worldwide. Bunyan’s understanding of conversion, of Christian mistrust of society, of the role of the individual, and of the authority of scripture are shared by the majority of Christians in Britain and the United States today. Perhaps the greatest testimony to how widely accepted &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is by modern Christians is the inclusion of Christian’s hymn “He Who Would Valiant Be” in the Church of England hymnal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Essential Quotes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“He answered, ‘Sir, I perceive, by the book in my hand, that I am condemned to die, and after that to come to judgment; and I find that I am not willing to do the first, nor able to do the second’” (chapter 1, paragraph 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So I saw in my dream that the man began to run. Now he had not run far from his own door when his wife and children, perceiving it, began to cry after him to return; but the man put his fingers in his ears, and ran on crying, Life! life! eternal life!”(chapter 1, paragraph 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So Christian turned out of his way to go to Mr. Legality’s house for help: but, behold, when he was got now hard by the hill, it seemed so high, and also that side of it that was next the way-side did hang so much over, that Christian was afraid to venture further, lest the hill should fall on his head; wherefore there he stood still, and wotted not what to do. Also his burden now seemed heavier to him than while he was in his way” (chapter 1, paragraph 80).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further Reading==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Articles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Dutton, Richard A. “‘Interesting, but Tough’: Reading The Pilgrim’s Progress”. &#039;&#039;Studies in English Literature&#039;&#039;18, no. 3 (Summer 1978): 439–456.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Books===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bunyan, John. &#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;. New York: Penguin, 1987.&lt;br /&gt;
#Furlong, Monica. &#039;&#039;Puritan’s Progress: A Study of John Bunyan&#039;&#039;. London: Hodder &amp;amp;amp; Stoughton, 1975.&lt;br /&gt;
#Greaves, Richard L. &#039;&#039;Glimpses of Glory: John Bunyan and English Dissent&#039;&#039;. Standford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hill, Christopher. &#039;&#039;A Tinker and a Poor Man: John Bunyan and His Church, 1628–1688&#039;&#039;. New York: Knopf, 1988.&lt;br /&gt;
#Mullett, Michael. &#039;&#039;John Bunyan in Context&#039;&#039;. Keele, U.K.: Keele University Press, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
#Vincent Newey, ed. &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Progress: Critical and Historical Views&#039;&#039;. Liverpool, U.K.: University of Liverpool Press, 1980.&lt;br /&gt;
#Winslow, Ola Elizabeth. &#039;&#039;John Bunyan&#039;&#039;. New York: Macmillan, 1961. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—Raymond Powell&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Marcia&amp;diff=617</id>
		<title>Marcia</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Marcia&amp;diff=617"/>
		<updated>2010-05-11T09:34:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Now As Christian Was Walking Solitary */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;John Bunyan’s &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; (1678)&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Bunyan, a self-educated Puritan preacher, wrote his classic book &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Progress from This World to That Which Is to Come&#039;&#039; Pilgrim’s Progress while he was in jail in 1675 for refusing to conform to the tenets of the official Church of England. The book, an allegory describing the journey of a Christian from this world to the next, gives a vivid picture of the religious beliefs of Bunyan and other Nonconformists, who rejected the teaching of the State state Churchchurch. In the first part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, written originally to stand alone, Christian, the titular hero, becomes increasingly convinced that he and his community are under a sentence of judgment. Unable to persuade anyone else to flee destruction with him, he sets off alone on a journey to salvation. The second part tells the story of Christian’s wife, Christiana, and their children making on the same difficult journey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, first published in 1678, is a Puritan sermon in the form of a novel, using powerful and charming storytelling to teach the lesson that the world is the venue for the battle of spiritual forces and that victory only comes only through denying the world to seek salvation. Bunyan’s writings, of which &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is far and away the best known, allowed him to reach a huge audience despite his incarceration. His account of a religious “everyman” made him a celebrity in his own day and has inspired countless tracking people ever since.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Context==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English Civil War, a series of three armed conflicts (1641–1651), pitted not only Cavaliers (supporters of the king) against Roundheads (supporters of Parliament), or believers in divine right absolutist monarchy by divine right against those who championed some form of constitutional government, it also pitted the official Anglican religious settlement against the religion of the Puritans (Protestants who preferred a more rigorous and Bible-centered faith). Nonconformists, or Dissenters, as Puritans who rejected the Anglican Church were known, formed the backbone of the parliamentary armies led by Oliver Cromwell, which eventually overthrew the monarchy. During the Commonwealth (1649–1660), while Oliver Cromwell ruled as lord protector,[AuQ1] Dissenters were free to practice their religion as they chose. I have added this sentence to this page, just to show the tracking possibilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Cromwell’s death, England welcomed back Charles II (r. 1660–1685) and, with him, a renewed Anglican settlement. The Restoration government moved quickly and severely against Dissenters, demanding full allegiance to the State ChurchChurch of England, or the Anglican Church. Official Anglicanism had wealth, resources, facilities, and educated clergy. Dissenting churches made do without any of these advantages, and the costs of resistance were high enough that the most Dissenters were drawn from the uneducated and poor working classes. Some became involved in political schemes to overthrow Charles or, later, his brother James II (r. 1685–1688). Eventually Dissenters would play a prominent role in ousting the Catholic James for the Protestant Mary and her Dutch Protestant husband William in the Glorious Revolution of 1688. Other Dissenters would leave England for places of refuge such as the New World (as the Pilgrims had done before the English Civil War). But most remained at home and avoided politics as best they could, worshiping according to their beliefs and living with the consequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Bunyan participated personally in the all the great happenings of his time. Although he was not yet a committed Puritan, as a teenager he served in the Parliamentary army toward the end of the English Civil War. Later, during the Commonwealth, he experienced his conversion, and used the freedom of that era to become a Dissenting preacher. Like many other Noncomformists, he experienced persecution under the Restoration government. Bunyan himself spent more than twelve years in jail for preaching without a license. He died just before England’s Glorious Revolution allowed some measure of freedom to those who shared his religious beliefs. Yet the ideas about faith he taught in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, along with the general English experience on Nonconformity, would contribute toward shaping English views about freedom, government, and the intersection of church and state, not only in Britain but in the United States as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Time Line==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*November 30, 1628—John Bunyan is born in Harrowden in Bedfordshire, Elstow, England.&lt;br /&gt;
*1649—The end of the Second English Civil War ushers in the Commonwealth.&lt;br /&gt;
*1653—Bunyan experiences a conversion and is baptized and received into the Baptist Church.&lt;br /&gt;
*1657—Bunyan begins his career as a preacher.&lt;br /&gt;
*1660—The end of the Commonwealth brings about the Restoration under Charles II.&lt;br /&gt;
*1660—Bunyan is imprisoned for the first time in Bedford Jail, a confinement that lasts until 1672.&lt;br /&gt;
*1666—Bunyan writes his autobiography, &#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*1675—Bunyan is imprisoned for the second time in Bedford Jail, where he writes &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*1678—&#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1682—&#039;&#039;The Holy War&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1684—The second part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1685—Charles II dies, and James II ascends to the throne.&lt;br /&gt;
*August 31, 1688—Bunyan dies.&lt;br /&gt;
*1688—The Glorious Revolution brings William and Mary to the throne and establishes limited religious freedom for Dissenters.&lt;br /&gt;
*1692—Bunyan’s last work, the anti-Catholic &#039;&#039;Of Antichrist and Her His Ruin&#039;&#039; is published.[AuQ2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About the Author==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English writer and preacher John Bunyan was born in Harrowden in the county of Bedfordshire on November 30, 1628, to an extremely poor family. He received only a minimal education and followed his father into trade as a tinker before he went on to serve in the Parliamentary army during the English Civil War. It was his marriage after the end of military service that changed Bunyan’s life. His wife brought as her only dowry two religious texts. Reading those books brought focused Bunyan’s thoughts increasingly onto his own spiritual condition and eventually led to what he recognized as a conversion in 1653. A handful of other books, particularly the Bible, the Anglican &#039;&#039;Book of Common Prayer&#039;&#039;, and John Foxe’s account of the Christian martyrs through history, &#039;&#039;Actes and Monuments&#039;&#039; (more commonly known as &#039;&#039;The Book of Martyrs), played an important role in Bunyan’s self-education. In 1653 he was baptized and received into the Baptist Church. [AuQ3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s faith took a public role in religious matters when he began to dispute with local Quakers in 1656; this led to increasing involvement in ministry and finally a call to serve a local Independent cCongregation as pastor.[AuQ4] Under the Commonwealth it was possible for self-proclaimed preachers to lead congregations. With the Restoration of both Charles II and the Anglican Church, however, the government began to move against unlicensed preachers. Bunyan refused to conform to the Church of England and was jailed in 1660. His first period of imprisonment lasted (with occasional interruptions) for twelve years. The confinement was lax, giving him opportunities to write. It was probably during this period that Bunyan began to plan &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, though he did not begin the writing process until later—certainly he was busy enough turning out his autobiography (&#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;) and other books, pamphlets, sermons, and poetry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon release, Bunyan immediately renewed his career as a pastor, serving a congregation until he was arrested and jailed again in 1675.[AuQ5] It was during the following brief stint in prison that he wrote the first part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, although the work was not published for three more years. In 1684 he published the second half of the work. Bunyan’s second jail term lasted only six months, and his increasing reputation and popularity protected him from further trouble. He was even offered royal patronage by James II, but Bunyan’s religious convictions caused him to refuse the post. He continued writing and preaching up until his death on August 31, 1688.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Explanation and Analysis of the Document==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[AuQ6]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===As I Walked through the Wilderness of This World===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an introduction in verse, Bunyan sets the stage for his story by describing it as the dream of the author; the author will not reawake until the final line of part 1. As a writer, Bunyan is known for his rich uses of imagery—imagery drawn heavily from the Authorized Version of the Bible. In this opening paragraph, for instance, the description of the future pilgrim is taken from scripture. “Filthy rags” are how the prophet Isaiah describes human attempts to please God; the Psalmist speaks of sins as a “heavy burden . . . too heavy for me.” Similarly, the despairing cry “What shall I do?” is an echo of several biblical passages. The sorrow, as the main character will soon relate, is a sense of impending judgment due for his own sins and the sins of his community. Such sorrow is a natural and appropriate response to encountering God’s truth, as the future pilgrim does when he reads his book (the Bible).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In This Plight, Therefore, He Went Home===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s description of the future pilgrim’s dilemma is a reflection of the differing understandings of salvation promoted by the state church (Church of England/Anglicans) and Bunyan’s own beliefs. The Church of England did not see society itself under judgment, taught that salvation lay in taking one’s appropriate place in society, and emphasized the communal rather than the individual aspects of salvation. Furthermore, the path to salvation offered through the Anglican Church was seen as the default position for any in the community who did not specifically reject it—no one need worry too much about being saved. Independents and other Puritans like Bunyan, however, understood society to be at odds with God. Salvation came only through rejecting society and its religious values and committing one’s self entirely to God. Although Bunyan’s version of Puritanism had strong communal implications (in part 2 of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, Christiana and her children travel together), there was an important individual component to religion. Underlying this stance was the assumption, in contrast to Anglicanism, that every person was lost &#039;&#039;unless&#039;&#039; he or she converted. The difference between the two positions is typical of a division in Western religiosity classified by sociologists as “church” versus “sect.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mocking and derision the future pilgrim experienced would have been very familiar to Bunyan’s audience. Bunyan himself was in jail when he wrote &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, and all Nonconformists faced significant penalties—socially, economically, and legally—for rejecting the state church in favor of their own religious beliefs. Adherence to a Dissenting congregation might even mean alienation from family and friends. It was this contempt that Puritans received from the world for their beliefs that strengthened the Puritan notion that the world itself was lost. Certainly the pressure to give up Dissenting beliefs and values taught the Puritans that the battles between good and evil over the destiny of souls were to be fought out in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan has the first step in the journey to salvation begin with personal anguish. For Puritans, salvation required a strong sense of individual sin and unworthiness. Only those recognizing their sinfulness could turn to God for forgiveness and mercy. It was typical of Puritan values that a decision for conversion only followed many hours of reflection and consideration. While some of their modern-day heirs understand conversion as an instant, once-and-for-all occurrence, for Puritans it was a process involving time and multiple stages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phrase (odd to modern ears) “children of my bowels” reflects Bunyan’s own familiarity with the Authorized Version of the Bible. The original Greek of the New Testament does indeed use the word correctly translated in the Authorized Version as “bowels” to describe what modern translations render in different places as “heart” or “feeling.” Modern Western people usually make the heart the seat of human emotion. The ancients gave that role to the stomach. It is the stomach that receives the rush of acid, for instance, with some strong emotions or that churns with anxiety or hurts during times of stress. The main character is simply adapting a literary expression to describe how dear his children are to him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw . . . [Him] Reading His Book, and Greatly Distressed in Mind===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The importance of reading in the main character’s conversion reflects Bunyan’s own experience—his conversion was prompted by two books of his wife’s. Of course, the book here in the story later proves to be the Bible, the chief source of inspiration for Bunyan, as for all good Puritans. But even these Bible-centered Protestants did not reject the help of other forms of literature. &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; itself was meant to be one of the books that helped Pilgrims on their way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evangelist is the first character to be introduced by name. In Bunyan’s story, the character of every person met in the pages is revealed by his or her name. Technically speaking, an Evangelist was one of the authors of the four Gospels (Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John), but Bunyan uses the name in the modern sense. Evangelist is someone who can tell the main character about salvation (“the Gospel” or “the Good News”). The future pilgrim has worked out his need for salvation on his own but requires someone to direct him on the path. Evangelist does not take him to salvation or plot the whole journey but merely points him in the right direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that up to this point in the story the main character does not yet have a name. His character has not yet been defined. Only after he makes an important decision can his true nature be revealed by the name he is given. This encounter between Evangelist and the main character emphasizes the individualistic aspect of the Puritan understanding of salvation. To obtain eternal life, the pilgrim must be willing to leave other kinds of life (family life, public life) behind. Underlying Bunyan’s beliefs was the conviction that “the world” (society, community, the established order) was opposed to God’s will and a hindrance to salvation. One must choose between the world’s way and God’s way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, Puritan religion was communal as well as individualistic. At some point each individual must make a personal decision, but such decisions are not made in isolation. There is no salvation for the main character with Evangelist to point the way. At critical times in the story other individuals will appear or reappear to keep the pilgrim on the path. The corporate nature of pilgrim life is emphasized more strongly in the second part of the book, where the pilgrims travel in a group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The description of the meeting between Evangelist and the main character is a classic descriptiondepiction of Puritan values. Human sin and its deserved condemnation are self-obviousevident, and many people in the course of life might become aware of them. However, some who recognized their own faults and knew know they needed to be saved might, by society’s pressure, decide to ignore their convictions. It iswas only when the sense of sin iswas too strong to ignore that the individual iswas willing to pursue relief. The main character is at this point, not yet saved but a seeker after salvation. And to seek, he must leave his community behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Neighbors Also Came Out===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decision to set out on the road to salvation was is a momentous one. Only now can the pilgrim be called by his appropriate name, Christian. While the state church would have claimed that all those living in the city of Destruction (which Christian has just fled) were Christians, for the Puritans real Christians were those who were aware of their own sin and who turned to God for salvation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The experience of opposition was an important part of Puritan self-understanding. Since the world was lost and under judgment, one could expect only opposition from those who lived in it. In the case of Christian, there is general contempt and specific opposition from the characters Obstinate and Pliable. Obstinate questions the pilgrim, allowing Christian to describe something of his hope for salvation, words that only bring derision on “the book.” Obstinate calls for the pilgrim to give up his silliness and come home, while Pliable proves more open to the message. Ultimately Pliable resolves to travel with the pilgrim, while Obstinate turns back in disgust. It is probably not a good sign for Pliable’s future as a pilgrim that he is more attracted to the journey by the joys of heaven than by the conviction for of his own sin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s short description of what the responses of Christian’s experiences from his neighbors hints at three types of opposition Nonconforming Christians experienced. The first was simple rejection, characterized by mockery—the sort of reaction Bunyan highlights in the story. The second, perhaps implied in the phrase “some cried after him to return,” was a more serious effort to convincepersuade Dissenters to abandon their peculiar religious ideas. Mr. Worldly Wiseman, who appears later in the reading, provides one example of this sort as he tries to talk Christian into losing his burden in Morality. The final type of opposition is implied in the attempt “to fetch him back by force.” The state church possessed great power from the government to compel conformity. Bunyan himself, of course, wrote &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; while he was in jail for preaching without a license, a license that never would have been issued to him. The amount of legal trouble Dissenters faced varied from place to place and time to time. There were districts and periods where Nonconformists were generally ignored, while on other occasions they might face strict persecution. Even after 1688, though, when the freedom of Protestants to worship was generally allowed, Nonconformists faced severe legal limitations in terms of careers and education. When Bunyan describes the world as actively hostile to Puritan Christians, he is doing no more than recounting a reality he and most Nonconformists experienced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw in My Dream, That When Obstinate Was Gone Back===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian and Pliable travel together, while Christian gives more details about the glorious future awaiting believers in heaven. Their conversation demonstrates that the book Christian carries with him is indeed the Bible, a sure source of knowledge about spiritual realities. Although Christian is eager to hurry down the path to the Heavenly City, he finds himself slowed by the burden of sin he still carries on his back like a pack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “Slough of Despond” is one of Bunyan’s most famous images. Like that of any good allegorical figure, its rich complexity defies simple characterization, but among other things it is a swamp that traps people who are beginning their pilgrimage to the Heavenly City. The Slough itself stains and defiles, and in it the weight of sin is even more burdensome. It is ultimately revealed that the swamp is created from the discouragement that attends an awareness of personal sin. Although it is a trap or hazard on the path to salvation, it is one that cannot be completely mended, because the sorrow and fear created by an awareness of sin is natural (and even necessary) for those seeking to escape judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if the Slough cannot ever be entirely drained, it should not be the great obstacle that it is. Here Bunyan is making a typical Puritan complaint against both the Catholic Church and the Anglican Church. Like a monarch ordering his highways to be maintained, God had commanded the road through the Slough to be repaired and provided much teaching to help Christians avoid being caught in the swamp of discouragement and self-doubt, yet these lessons had been mishandled, leaving many stuck in the mire. With appropriate instruction, a believer should be able to find God’s firm path through the dangerous slough. This is the fault of the state church, which neglects its essential functions and fails to teach important truths to its adherents, leaving pilgrims to find their own way down the difficult road to salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the hardships, Christian fights his way through the swamp, with the aid of the character Help—yet another reminder of the corporate aspect of Puritan faith. Christian needs others to give him a hand up from the swamp and to point him to the right path. and continues on his way. But Pliable, who before was so eager to experience the joys of the Heavenly City, is overwhelmed by the challenges of the journey and turns away. Christian continues on his way. The character Help is yet another reminder of the corporate aspect of Puritan faith. Christian needs others to give him a hand up from the swamp and to point him on the right way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw in My Dream That by This Time Pliable Was Got Home===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s audience would have been very familiar with individuals who had temporarily associated themselves with Dissenting congregations and then returned to the state church. The story of Pliable served as a cautionary tale. Those who went back to their old ways were likely to get just as much grief from their neighbors as if they had remained true, yet they would also miss out on heaven. In fact, since Pliable is around to be derided by his neighbors while Christian has moved on, Pliable may be even be worse off in the present life, just as he will certainly be worse off in the future one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now As Christian Was Walking Solitary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian continues on his journey and encounters a new figure, a man who hasd advice for him. The pilgrim has set out on the road to the Heavenly City in order to have the burden lifted from his back. Mr. Worldly Wiseman suggests that there are easier ways to remove the burden, ways that do not involve hardship, danger, or the loss of his family and community standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a Puritan perspective, images of morality and civility promoted by society and the Church of England were traps. As Puritans understood the Bible, human effort (“keeping the law”) was unable tocould not save people from God’s judgment. To them, much of what the state church offered was a reliance on human effort, helping people to feel better about themselves so that they no longer noticed their burden of sin but not actually providing salvation. The Puritans saw such teaching as a medicine that masked a patient’s symptoms without curing the deadly disease. In rejecting “morality,” the Puritans were not advocating wild, sinful lifestyles—after all, Puritanism today is a byword for ultrastrict conduct. Instead, they were rejecting “moralism,” the idea that avoiding certain conspicuous sins was enough to please God. Civility was an even greater trap, elevating politeness and deference to society’s ideals of appropriate public behavior as the ultimate standard of human conduct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Worldly Wiseman mocks both the teaching of “the book” and Christian’s efforts to understand it. The warning not to meddle in things too high for him was typical of the advice that often uneducated Dissenters might frequently receive. Many educated people believed that only the trained experts of the state church were competent to interpret the Bible and God’s will and found it offensive that less-educated and less-qualified people would presume to do so. Although it was not necessarily true of the first generation of Puritans, there was an increasing element of class division between Dissenters and the supporters of the established church. This division would grow with time, so that most Nonconforming English groups (Congregationalists, Presbyterians, Baptists, and later Methodists), would be firmly working-class in orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Bunyan, socially acceptable alternatives to fleeing the City of Destruction were foolish tricks. The burden of sin was a real problem pointing to a real solution, and any alleged “cure” that caused a would-be pilgrim to forsake the journey to salvation was a terrible lie. Christian is taken in and leaves the correct road for a dead-end path. Even though the difficult way of salvation is full of misleading tracks, it is always possible to get back on the right road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===So Christian Turned Out of His Way===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[AuQ7]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way of morality and civility seemed to offer an attractive short-cut to relief from the burden of sin, yet as Christian tries to go that direction, he finds the burden of sin growing and the path actually more difficultharder to follow. Trying to lead a genuinely moral life proves to be more difficult than it seemed initially, and is unable todoes not lead to salvation. Poor Christian despairs of ever reaching the Heavenly City. However, even though his sins are great, it is possible for him to return to the true path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now Christian Looked for Nothing but Death=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poor Christian despairs of ever reaching the Heavenly City. However, even though his sins are great, it is possible for him to return to the true path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audience==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan wrote for the sorts of people who attended or were likely to attend congregations not affiliated with the Church of England. Such Dissenters might lack formal education but often knew the Bible well and were familiar, through sermons, with many of the types of imagery Bunyan employed in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;. The book was aimed both at those considering conversion and Christians who needed encouragement to remain faithful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For many years &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; was appreciated as a classic work of English literature. Most English-language readers encounter it today only in the classroom, but Bunyan’s work still reaches an audience through other authors who have incorporated his values and ideas. Today &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; remains widely read as a religious work, particularly by Protestants of almost all denominations. Modern Christians particularly appreciate Bunyan’s theological understanding of discouragement as a natural part of faith. The text is also still used by Christian missionaries as a way to introduce Protestant beliefs about conversion and salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is often said that, after the Bible, &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; iswas the most printed, published, and translated book in the world. (It appeared in ninety different editions in the first hundred years after its publication and has been translated into more than two hundred languages.) Certainly it was the top best-seller in premodern England and enjoyed a similar popularity in colonial America. For generations Bunyan’s allegory was the most popular religious text in the English-speaking world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Bunyan’s literary reputation has somewhat diminished in modern times, it was not only his religious views that were influential. Readers who passed over the spiritual message of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; were often affected by Bunyan’s powerful and creative literary style. Bunyan’s influence extends even over those who reject his basic values or have never read his work—the popular magazine &#039;&#039;Vanity Fair&#039;&#039; takes its name from a large community’s market in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, for Bunyan a place of temptation to avoid. Another of many of Bunyan’s phrases to enter popular culture is “Slough of Despond.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an author, Bunyan still continues to exert influence. C. S. Lewis, the author of the Narnia stories and a popular Christian writer, was inspired by Bunyan to write a modern Christian allegory, which he entitled &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Regress&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; had a discernable impact on such classic literature as Charlotte Brontë’s &#039;&#039;Jane Eyre&#039;&#039;, Louisa May Alcott’s &#039;&#039;Little Women&#039;&#039;, and Kurt Vonnegut’s &#039;&#039;Slaughterhouse-Five&#039;&#039;, and, of course, William Makepiece Makepeace Thackeray’s &#039;&#039;Vanity Fair&#039;&#039;, as well as dozens of lesser-known modern works. It was made into an opera by Ralph Vaughan Williams and more recently into a rock opera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More important to Bunyan would have been the religious legacy of his writing. When Bunyan wrote his classic work, he was expressing the values of a persecuted minority. With time, however, and certainly helped by the wide popularity of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, Puritan beliefs became more and more mainstream, until today many of their convictions are widely held in the Protestant community worldwide. Bunyan’s understanding of conversion, of Christian mistrust of society, of the role of the individual, and of the authority of scripture are shared by the majority of Christians in Britain and the United States today. Perhaps the greatest testimony to how widely accepted &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is by modern Christians is the inclusion of Christian’s hymn “He Who Would Valiant Be” in the Church of England hymnal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Essential Quotes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“He answered, ‘Sir, I perceive, by the book in my hand, that I am condemned to die, and after that to come to judgment; and I find that I am not willing to do the first, nor able to do the second’” (chapter 1, paragraph 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So I saw in my dream that the man began to run. Now he had not run far from his own door when his wife and children, perceiving it, began to cry after him to return; but the man put his fingers in his ears, and ran on crying, Life! life! eternal life!”(chapter 1, paragraph 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So Christian turned out of his way to go to Mr. Legality’s house for help: but, behold, when he was got now hard by the hill, it seemed so high, and also that side of it that was next the way-side did hang so much over, that Christian was afraid to venture further, lest the hill should fall on his head; wherefore there he stood still, and wotted not what to do. Also his burden now seemed heavier to him than while he was in his way” (chapter 1, paragraph 80).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Articles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Dutton, Richard A. “‘Interesting, but Tough’: Reading The Pilgrim’s Progress”. &#039;&#039;Studies in English Literature&#039;&#039;18, no. 3 (Summer 1978): 439–456.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Books===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bunyan, John. &#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;. New York: Penguin, 1987.&lt;br /&gt;
#Furlong, Monica. &#039;&#039;Puritan’s Progress: A Study of John Bunyan&#039;&#039;. London: Hodder &amp;amp;amp; Stoughton, 1975.&lt;br /&gt;
#Greaves, Richard L. &#039;&#039;Glimpses of Glory: John Bunyan and English Dissent&#039;&#039;. Standford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hill, Christopher. &#039;&#039;A Tinker and a Poor Man: John Bunyan and His Church, 1628–1688&#039;&#039;. New York: Knopf, 1988.&lt;br /&gt;
#Mullett, Michael. &#039;&#039;John Bunyan in Context&#039;&#039;. Keele, U.K.: Keele University Press, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
#Vincent Newey, ed. &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Progress: Critical and Historical Views&#039;&#039;. Liverpool, U.K.: University of Liverpool Press, 1980.&lt;br /&gt;
#Winslow, Ola Elizabeth. &#039;&#039;John Bunyan&#039;&#039;. New York: Macmillan, 1961. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—Raymond Powell&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Talk:Marcia&amp;diff=616</id>
		<title>Talk:Marcia</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Talk:Marcia&amp;diff=616"/>
		<updated>2010-05-11T08:59:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Can you see the editing possibilities, reverting to old version, protecting, watching the page, etc.?    [[User:Cvr|CVR]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My user id is made visible with the simple code of three consecutive tilde characters: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;~~~&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Talk:Marcia&amp;diff=615</id>
		<title>Talk:Marcia</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Talk:Marcia&amp;diff=615"/>
		<updated>2010-05-11T08:57:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: New page: Can you see the editing possibilities, reverting to old version, protecting, watching the page, etc.?    ~~~  My user id is made visible with the simple code of three consecutive tilde cha...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Can you see the editing possibilities, reverting to old version, protecting, watching the page, etc.?    [[User:Cvr|CVR]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My user id is made visible with the simple code of three consecutive tilde characters: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[[User:Cvr|CVR]]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Marcia&amp;diff=614</id>
		<title>Marcia</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Marcia&amp;diff=614"/>
		<updated>2010-05-11T08:53:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;John Bunyan’s &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; (1678)&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Bunyan, a self-educated Puritan preacher, wrote his classic book &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Progress from This World to That Which Is to Come&#039;&#039; Pilgrim’s Progress while he was in jail in 1675 for refusing to conform to the tenets of the official Church of England. The book, an allegory describing the journey of a Christian from this world to the next, gives a vivid picture of the religious beliefs of Bunyan and other Nonconformists, who rejected the teaching of the State state Churchchurch. In the first part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, written originally to stand alone, Christian, the titular hero, becomes increasingly convinced that he and his community are under a sentence of judgment. Unable to persuade anyone else to flee destruction with him, he sets off alone on a journey to salvation. The second part tells the story of Christian’s wife, Christiana, and their children making on the same difficult journey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, first published in 1678, is a Puritan sermon in the form of a novel, using powerful and charming storytelling to teach the lesson that the world is the venue for the battle of spiritual forces and that victory only comes only through denying the world to seek salvation. Bunyan’s writings, of which &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is far and away the best known, allowed him to reach a huge audience despite his incarceration. His account of a religious “everyman” made him a celebrity in his own day and has inspired countless tracking people ever since.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Context==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English Civil War, a series of three armed conflicts (1641–1651), pitted not only Cavaliers (supporters of the king) against Roundheads (supporters of Parliament), or believers in divine right absolutist monarchy by divine right against those who championed some form of constitutional government, it also pitted the official Anglican religious settlement against the religion of the Puritans (Protestants who preferred a more rigorous and Bible-centered faith). Nonconformists, or Dissenters, as Puritans who rejected the Anglican Church were known, formed the backbone of the parliamentary armies led by Oliver Cromwell, which eventually overthrew the monarchy. During the Commonwealth (1649–1660), while Oliver Cromwell ruled as lord protector,[AuQ1] Dissenters were free to practice their religion as they chose. I have added this sentence to this page, just to show the tracking possibilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Cromwell’s death, England welcomed back Charles II (r. 1660–1685) and, with him, a renewed Anglican settlement. The Restoration government moved quickly and severely against Dissenters, demanding full allegiance to the State ChurchChurch of England, or the Anglican Church. Official Anglicanism had wealth, resources, facilities, and educated clergy. Dissenting churches made do without any of these advantages, and the costs of resistance were high enough that the most Dissenters were drawn from the uneducated and poor working classes. Some became involved in political schemes to overthrow Charles or, later, his brother James II (r. 1685–1688). Eventually Dissenters would play a prominent role in ousting the Catholic James for the Protestant Mary and her Dutch Protestant husband William in the Glorious Revolution of 1688. Other Dissenters would leave England for places of refuge such as the New World (as the Pilgrims had done before the English Civil War). But most remained at home and avoided politics as best they could, worshiping according to their beliefs and living with the consequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Bunyan participated personally in the all the great happenings of his time. Although he was not yet a committed Puritan, as a teenager he served in the Parliamentary army toward the end of the English Civil War. Later, during the Commonwealth, he experienced his conversion, and used the freedom of that era to become a Dissenting preacher. Like many other Noncomformists, he experienced persecution under the Restoration government. Bunyan himself spent more than twelve years in jail for preaching without a license. He died just before England’s Glorious Revolution allowed some measure of freedom to those who shared his religious beliefs. Yet the ideas about faith he taught in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, along with the general English experience on Nonconformity, would contribute toward shaping English views about freedom, government, and the intersection of church and state, not only in Britain but in the United States as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Time Line==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*November 30, 1628—John Bunyan is born in Harrowden in Bedfordshire, Elstow, England.&lt;br /&gt;
*1649—The end of the Second English Civil War ushers in the Commonwealth.&lt;br /&gt;
*1653—Bunyan experiences a conversion and is baptized and received into the Baptist Church.&lt;br /&gt;
*1657—Bunyan begins his career as a preacher.&lt;br /&gt;
*1660—The end of the Commonwealth brings about the Restoration under Charles II.&lt;br /&gt;
*1660—Bunyan is imprisoned for the first time in Bedford Jail, a confinement that lasts until 1672.&lt;br /&gt;
*1666—Bunyan writes his autobiography, &#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*1675—Bunyan is imprisoned for the second time in Bedford Jail, where he writes &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*1678—&#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1682—&#039;&#039;The Holy War&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1684—The second part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1685—Charles II dies, and James II ascends to the throne.&lt;br /&gt;
*August 31, 1688—Bunyan dies.&lt;br /&gt;
*1688—The Glorious Revolution brings William and Mary to the throne and establishes limited religious freedom for Dissenters.&lt;br /&gt;
*1692—Bunyan’s last work, the anti-Catholic &#039;&#039;Of Antichrist and Her His Ruin&#039;&#039; is published.[AuQ2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About the Author==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English writer and preacher John Bunyan was born in Harrowden in the county of Bedfordshire on November 30, 1628, to an extremely poor family. He received only a minimal education and followed his father into trade as a tinker before he went on to serve in the Parliamentary army during the English Civil War. It was his marriage after the end of military service that changed Bunyan’s life. His wife brought as her only dowry two religious texts. Reading those books brought focused Bunyan’s thoughts increasingly onto his own spiritual condition and eventually led to what he recognized as a conversion in 1653. A handful of other books, particularly the Bible, the Anglican &#039;&#039;Book of Common Prayer&#039;&#039;, and John Foxe’s account of the Christian martyrs through history, &#039;&#039;Actes and Monuments&#039;&#039; (more commonly known as &#039;&#039;The Book of Martyrs), played an important role in Bunyan’s self-education. In 1653 he was baptized and received into the Baptist Church. [AuQ3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s faith took a public role in religious matters when he began to dispute with local Quakers in 1656; this led to increasing involvement in ministry and finally a call to serve a local Independent cCongregation as pastor.[AuQ4] Under the Commonwealth it was possible for self-proclaimed preachers to lead congregations. With the Restoration of both Charles II and the Anglican Church, however, the government began to move against unlicensed preachers. Bunyan refused to conform to the Church of England and was jailed in 1660. His first period of imprisonment lasted (with occasional interruptions) for twelve years. The confinement was lax, giving him opportunities to write. It was probably during this period that Bunyan began to plan &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, though he did not begin the writing process until later—certainly he was busy enough turning out his autobiography (&#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;) and other books, pamphlets, sermons, and poetry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon release, Bunyan immediately renewed his career as a pastor, serving a congregation until he was arrested and jailed again in 1675.[AuQ5] It was during the following brief stint in prison that he wrote the first part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, although the work was not published for three more years. In 1684 he published the second half of the work. Bunyan’s second jail term lasted only six months, and his increasing reputation and popularity protected him from further trouble. He was even offered royal patronage by James II, but Bunyan’s religious convictions caused him to refuse the post. He continued writing and preaching up until his death on August 31, 1688.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Explanation and Analysis of the Document==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[AuQ6]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===As I Walked through the Wilderness of This World===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an introduction in verse, Bunyan sets the stage for his story by describing it as the dream of the author; the author will not reawake until the final line of part 1. As a writer, Bunyan is known for his rich uses of imagery—imagery drawn heavily from the Authorized Version of the Bible. In this opening paragraph, for instance, the description of the future pilgrim is taken from scripture. “Filthy rags” are how the prophet Isaiah describes human attempts to please God; the Psalmist speaks of sins as a “heavy burden . . . too heavy for me.” Similarly, the despairing cry “What shall I do?” is an echo of several biblical passages. The sorrow, as the main character will soon relate, is a sense of impending judgment due for his own sins and the sins of his community. Such sorrow is a natural and appropriate response to encountering God’s truth, as the future pilgrim does when he reads his book (the Bible).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In This Plight, Therefore, He Went Home===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s description of the future pilgrim’s dilemma is a reflection of the differing understandings of salvation promoted by the state church (Church of England/Anglicans) and Bunyan’s own beliefs. The Church of England did not see society itself under judgment, taught that salvation lay in taking one’s appropriate place in society, and emphasized the communal rather than the individual aspects of salvation. Furthermore, the path to salvation offered through the Anglican Church was seen as the default position for any in the community who did not specifically reject it—no one need worry too much about being saved. Independents and other Puritans like Bunyan, however, understood society to be at odds with God. Salvation came only through rejecting society and its religious values and committing one’s self entirely to God. Although Bunyan’s version of Puritanism had strong communal implications (in part 2 of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, Christiana and her children travel together), there was an important individual component to religion. Underlying this stance was the assumption, in contrast to Anglicanism, that every person was lost &#039;&#039;unless&#039;&#039; he or she converted. The difference between the two positions is typical of a division in Western religiosity classified by sociologists as “church” versus “sect.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mocking and derision the future pilgrim experienced would have been very familiar to Bunyan’s audience. Bunyan himself was in jail when he wrote &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, and all Nonconformists faced significant penalties—socially, economically, and legally—for rejecting the state church in favor of their own religious beliefs. Adherence to a Dissenting congregation might even mean alienation from family and friends. It was this contempt that Puritans received from the world for their beliefs that strengthened the Puritan notion that the world itself was lost. Certainly the pressure to give up Dissenting beliefs and values taught the Puritans that the battles between good and evil over the destiny of souls were to be fought out in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan has the first step in the journey to salvation begin with personal anguish. For Puritans, salvation required a strong sense of individual sin and unworthiness. Only those recognizing their sinfulness could turn to God for forgiveness and mercy. It was typical of Puritan values that a decision for conversion only followed many hours of reflection and consideration. While some of their modern-day heirs understand conversion as an instant, once-and-for-all occurrence, for Puritans it was a process involving time and multiple stages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phrase (odd to modern ears) “children of my bowels” reflects Bunyan’s own familiarity with the Authorized Version of the Bible. The original Greek of the New Testament does indeed use the word correctly translated in the Authorized Version as “bowels” to describe what modern translations render in different places as “heart” or “feeling.” Modern Western people usually make the heart the seat of human emotion. The ancients gave that role to the stomach. It is the stomach that receives the rush of acid, for instance, with some strong emotions or that churns with anxiety or hurts during times of stress. The main character is simply adapting a literary expression to describe how dear his children are to him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw . . . [Him] Reading His Book, and Greatly Distressed in Mind===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The importance of reading in the main character’s conversion reflects Bunyan’s own experience—his conversion was prompted by two books of his wife’s. Of course, the book here in the story later proves to be the Bible, the chief source of inspiration for Bunyan, as for all good Puritans. But even these Bible-centered Protestants did not reject the help of other forms of literature. &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; itself was meant to be one of the books that helped Pilgrims on their way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evangelist is the first character to be introduced by name. In Bunyan’s story, the character of every person met in the pages is revealed by his or her name. Technically speaking, an Evangelist was one of the authors of the four Gospels (Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John), but Bunyan uses the name in the modern sense. Evangelist is someone who can tell the main character about salvation (“the Gospel” or “the Good News”). The future pilgrim has worked out his need for salvation on his own but requires someone to direct him on the path. Evangelist does not take him to salvation or plot the whole journey but merely points him in the right direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that up to this point in the story the main character does not yet have a name. His character has not yet been defined. Only after he makes an important decision can his true nature be revealed by the name he is given. This encounter between Evangelist and the main character emphasizes the individualistic aspect of the Puritan understanding of salvation. To obtain eternal life, the pilgrim must be willing to leave other kinds of life (family life, public life) behind. Underlying Bunyan’s beliefs was the conviction that “the world” (society, community, the established order) was opposed to God’s will and a hindrance to salvation. One must choose between the world’s way and God’s way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, Puritan religion was communal as well as individualistic. At some point each individual must make a personal decision, but such decisions are not made in isolation. There is no salvation for the main character with Evangelist to point the way. At critical times in the story other individuals will appear or reappear to keep the pilgrim on the path. The corporate nature of pilgrim life is emphasized more strongly in the second part of the book, where the pilgrims travel in a group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The description of the meeting between Evangelist and the main character is a classic descriptiondepiction of Puritan values. Human sin and its deserved condemnation are self-obviousevident, and many people in the course of life might become aware of them. However, some who recognized their own faults and knew know they needed to be saved might, by society’s pressure, decide to ignore their convictions. It iswas only when the sense of sin iswas too strong to ignore that the individual iswas willing to pursue relief. The main character is at this point, not yet saved but a seeker after salvation. And to seek, he must leave his community behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Neighbors Also Came Out===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decision to set out on the road to salvation was is a momentous one. Only now can the pilgrim be called by his appropriate name, Christian. While the state church would have claimed that all those living in the city of Destruction (which Christian has just fled) were Christians, for the Puritans real Christians were those who were aware of their own sin and who turned to God for salvation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The experience of opposition was an important part of Puritan self-understanding. Since the world was lost and under judgment, one could expect only opposition from those who lived in it. In the case of Christian, there is general contempt and specific opposition from the characters Obstinate and Pliable. Obstinate questions the pilgrim, allowing Christian to describe something of his hope for salvation, words that only bring derision on “the book.” Obstinate calls for the pilgrim to give up his silliness and come home, while Pliable proves more open to the message. Ultimately Pliable resolves to travel with the pilgrim, while Obstinate turns back in disgust. It is probably not a good sign for Pliable’s future as a pilgrim that he is more attracted to the journey by the joys of heaven than by the conviction for of his own sin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s short description of what the responses of Christian’s experiences from his neighbors hints at three types of opposition Nonconforming Christians experienced. The first was simple rejection, characterized by mockery—the sort of reaction Bunyan highlights in the story. The second, perhaps implied in the phrase “some cried after him to return,” was a more serious effort to convincepersuade Dissenters to abandon their peculiar religious ideas. Mr. Worldly Wiseman, who appears later in the reading, provides one example of this sort as he tries to talk Christian into losing his burden in Morality. The final type of opposition is implied in the attempt “to fetch him back by force.” The state church possessed great power from the government to compel conformity. Bunyan himself, of course, wrote &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; while he was in jail for preaching without a license, a license that never would have been issued to him. The amount of legal trouble Dissenters faced varied from place to place and time to time. There were districts and periods where Nonconformists were generally ignored, while on other occasions they might face strict persecution. Even after 1688, though, when the freedom of Protestants to worship was generally allowed, Nonconformists faced severe legal limitations in terms of careers and education. When Bunyan describes the world as actively hostile to Puritan Christians, he is doing no more than recounting a reality he and most Nonconformists experienced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw in My Dream, That When Obstinate Was Gone Back===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian and Pliable travel together, while Christian gives more details about the glorious future awaiting believers in heaven. Their conversation demonstrates that the book Christian carries with him is indeed the Bible, a sure source of knowledge about spiritual realities. Although Christian is eager to hurry down the path to the Heavenly City, he finds himself slowed by the burden of sin he still carries on his back like a pack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “Slough of Despond” is one of Bunyan’s most famous images. Like that of any good allegorical figure, its rich complexity defies simple characterization, but among other things it is a swamp that traps people who are beginning their pilgrimage to the Heavenly City. The Slough itself stains and defiles, and in it the weight of sin is even more burdensome. It is ultimately revealed that the swamp is created from the discouragement that attends an awareness of personal sin. Although it is a trap or hazard on the path to salvation, it is one that cannot be completely mended, because the sorrow and fear created by an awareness of sin is natural (and even necessary) for those seeking to escape judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if the Slough cannot ever be entirely drained, it should not be the great obstacle that it is. Here Bunyan is making a typical Puritan complaint against both the Catholic Church and the Anglican Church. Like a monarch ordering his highways to be maintained, God had commanded the road through the Slough to be repaired and provided much teaching to help Christians avoid being caught in the swamp of discouragement and self-doubt, yet these lessons had been mishandled, leaving many stuck in the mire. With appropriate instruction, a believer should be able to find God’s firm path through the dangerous slough. This is the fault of the state church, which neglects its essential functions and fails to teach important truths to its adherents, leaving pilgrims to find their own way down the difficult road to salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the hardships, Christian fights his way through the swamp, with the aid of the character Help—yet another reminder of the corporate aspect of Puritan faith. Christian needs others to give him a hand up from the swamp and to point him to the right path. and continues on his way. But Pliable, who before was so eager to experience the joys of the Heavenly City, is overwhelmed by the challenges of the journey and turns away. Christian continues on his way. The character Help is yet another reminder of the corporate aspect of Puritan faith. Christian needs others to give him a hand up from the swamp and to point him on the right way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw in My Dream That by This Time Pliable Was Got Home===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s audience would have been very familiar with individuals who had temporarily associated themselves with Dissenting congregations and then returned to the state church. The story of Pliable served as a cautionary tale. Those who went back to their old ways were likely to get just as much grief from their neighbors as if they had remained true, yet they would also miss out on heaven. In fact, since Pliable is around to be derided by his neighbors while Christian has moved on, Pliable may be even be worse off in the present life, just as he will certainly be worse off in the future one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now As Christian Was Walking Solitary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian continues on his journey and encounters a new figure, a man who hasd advice for him. The pilgrim has set out on the road to the Heavenly City in order to have the burden lifted from his back. Mr. Worldly Wiseman suggests that there are easier ways to remove the burden, ways that do not involve hardship, danger, or the loss of his family and community standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a Puritan perspective, images of morality and civility promoted by society and the Church of England were traps. As Puritans understood the Bible, human effort (“keeping the law”) was unable tocould not save people from God’s judgment. To them, much of what the state church offered was a reliance on human effort, helping people to feel better about themselves so that they no longer noticed their burden of sin but not actually providing salvation. The Puritans saw such teaching as a medicine that masked a patient’s symptoms without curing the deadly disease. In rejecting “morality,” the Puritans were not advocating wild, sinful lifestyles—after all, Puritanism today is a byword for ultrastrict conduct. Instead, they were rejecting “moralism,” the idea that avoiding certain conspicuous sins was enough to please God. Civility was an even greater trap, elevating politeness and deference to society’s ideals of appropriate public behavior as the ultimate standard of human conduct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Worldly Wiseman mocks both the teaching of “the book” and Christian’s efforts to understand it. The warning not to meddle in things too high for him was typical of the advice that often uneducated Dissenters might frequently receive. Many educated people believed that only the trained experts of the state church were competent to interpret the Bible and God’s will and found it offensive that less-educated and less-qualified people would presume to do so. Although it was not necessarily true of the first generation of Puritans, there was an increasing element of class division between Dissenters and the supporters of the established church. This division would grow with time, so that most Nonconforming English groups (Congregationalists, Presbyterians, Baptists, and later Methodists), would be firmly working-class in orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Bunyan, socially acceptable alternatives to fleeing the City of Destruction were foolish tricks. The burden of sin was a real problem pointing to a real solution, and any alleged “cure” that caused a would-be pilgrim to forsake the journey to salvation was a terrible lie. Christian is taken in and leaves the correct road for a dead-end path. Even though the difficult way of salvation is full of misleading tracks, it is always possible to get back on the right road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===So Christian Turned Out of His Way===[AuQ7]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way of morality and civility seemed to offer an attractive short-cut to relief from the burden of sin, yet as Christian tries to go that direction, he finds the burden of sin growing and the path actually more difficultharder to follow. Trying to lead a genuinely moral life proves to be more difficult than it seemed initially, and is unable todoes not lead to salvation. Poor Christian despairs of ever reaching the Heavenly City. However, even though his sins are great, it is possible for him to return to the true path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now Christian Looked for Nothing but Death=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poor Christian despairs of ever reaching the Heavenly City. However, even though his sins are great, it is possible for him to return to the true path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audience==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan wrote for the sorts of people who attended or were likely to attend congregations not affiliated with the Church of England. Such Dissenters might lack formal education but often knew the Bible well and were familiar, through sermons, with many of the types of imagery Bunyan employed in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;. The book was aimed both at those considering conversion and Christians who needed encouragement to remain faithful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For many years &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; was appreciated as a classic work of English literature. Most English-language readers encounter it today only in the classroom, but Bunyan’s work still reaches an audience through other authors who have incorporated his values and ideas. Today &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; remains widely read as a religious work, particularly by Protestants of almost all denominations. Modern Christians particularly appreciate Bunyan’s theological understanding of discouragement as a natural part of faith. The text is also still used by Christian missionaries as a way to introduce Protestant beliefs about conversion and salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is often said that, after the Bible, &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; iswas the most printed, published, and translated book in the world. (It appeared in ninety different editions in the first hundred years after its publication and has been translated into more than two hundred languages.) Certainly it was the top best-seller in premodern England and enjoyed a similar popularity in colonial America. For generations Bunyan’s allegory was the most popular religious text in the English-speaking world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Bunyan’s literary reputation has somewhat diminished in modern times, it was not only his religious views that were influential. Readers who passed over the spiritual message of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; were often affected by Bunyan’s powerful and creative literary style. Bunyan’s influence extends even over those who reject his basic values or have never read his work—the popular magazine &#039;&#039;Vanity Fair&#039;&#039; takes its name from a large community’s market in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, for Bunyan a place of temptation to avoid. Another of many of Bunyan’s phrases to enter popular culture is “Slough of Despond.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an author, Bunyan still continues to exert influence. C. S. Lewis, the author of the Narnia stories and a popular Christian writer, was inspired by Bunyan to write a modern Christian allegory, which he entitled &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Regress&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; had a discernable impact on such classic literature as Charlotte Brontë’s &#039;&#039;Jane Eyre&#039;&#039;, Louisa May Alcott’s &#039;&#039;Little Women&#039;&#039;, and Kurt Vonnegut’s &#039;&#039;Slaughterhouse-Five&#039;&#039;, and, of course, William Makepiece Makepeace Thackeray’s &#039;&#039;Vanity Fair&#039;&#039;, as well as dozens of lesser-known modern works. It was made into an opera by Ralph Vaughan Williams and more recently into a rock opera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More important to Bunyan would have been the religious legacy of his writing. When Bunyan wrote his classic work, he was expressing the values of a persecuted minority. With time, however, and certainly helped by the wide popularity of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, Puritan beliefs became more and more mainstream, until today many of their convictions are widely held in the Protestant community worldwide. Bunyan’s understanding of conversion, of Christian mistrust of society, of the role of the individual, and of the authority of scripture are shared by the majority of Christians in Britain and the United States today. Perhaps the greatest testimony to how widely accepted &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is by modern Christians is the inclusion of Christian’s hymn “He Who Would Valiant Be” in the Church of England hymnal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Essential Quotes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“He answered, ‘Sir, I perceive, by the book in my hand, that I am condemned to die, and after that to come to judgment; and I find that I am not willing to do the first, nor able to do the second’” (chapter 1, paragraph 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So I saw in my dream that the man began to run. Now he had not run far from his own door when his wife and children, perceiving it, began to cry after him to return; but the man put his fingers in his ears, and ran on crying, Life! life! eternal life!”(chapter 1, paragraph 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So Christian turned out of his way to go to Mr. Legality’s house for help: but, behold, when he was got now hard by the hill, it seemed so high, and also that side of it that was next the way-side did hang so much over, that Christian was afraid to venture further, lest the hill should fall on his head; wherefore there he stood still, and wotted not what to do. Also his burden now seemed heavier to him than while he was in his way” (chapter 1, paragraph 80).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Articles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Dutton, Richard A. “‘Interesting, but Tough’: Reading The Pilgrim’s Progress”. &#039;&#039;Studies in English Literature&#039;&#039;18, no. 3 (Summer 1978): 439–456.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Books===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bunyan, John. &#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;. New York: Penguin, 1987.&lt;br /&gt;
#Furlong, Monica. &#039;&#039;Puritan’s Progress: A Study of John Bunyan&#039;&#039;. London: Hodder &amp;amp;amp; Stoughton, 1975.&lt;br /&gt;
#Greaves, Richard L. &#039;&#039;Glimpses of Glory: John Bunyan and English Dissent&#039;&#039;. Standford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hill, Christopher. &#039;&#039;A Tinker and a Poor Man: John Bunyan and His Church, 1628–1688&#039;&#039;. New York: Knopf, 1988.&lt;br /&gt;
#Mullett, Michael. &#039;&#039;John Bunyan in Context&#039;&#039;. Keele, U.K.: Keele University Press, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
#Vincent Newey, ed. &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Progress: Critical and Historical Views&#039;&#039;. Liverpool, U.K.: University of Liverpool Press, 1980.&lt;br /&gt;
#Winslow, Ola Elizabeth. &#039;&#039;John Bunyan&#039;&#039;. New York: Macmillan, 1961. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—Raymond Powell&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Marcia&amp;diff=613</id>
		<title>Marcia</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Marcia&amp;diff=613"/>
		<updated>2010-05-11T08:51:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: New page: =&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;John Bunyan’s &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (1678)&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;=   ==Overview==  John Bunyan, a self-educated Puritan preacher, wrote his classic book &amp;#039;&amp;#039;The Pilgrim’s Progress from Thi...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;John Bunyan’s &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; (1678)&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Bunyan, a self-educated Puritan preacher, wrote his classic book &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Progress from This World to That Which Is to Come&#039;&#039; Pilgrim’s Progress while he was in jail in 1675 for refusing to conform to the tenets of the official Church of England. The book, an allegory describing the journey of a Christian from this world to the next, gives a vivid picture of the religious beliefs of Bunyan and other Nonconformists, who rejected the teaching of the State state Churchchurch. In the first part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, written originally to stand alone, Christian, the titular hero, becomes increasingly convinced that he and his community are under a sentence of judgment. Unable to persuade anyone else to flee destruction with him, he sets off alone on a journey to salvation. The second part tells the story of Christian’s wife, Christiana, and their children making on the same difficult journey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, first published in 1678, is a Puritan sermon in the form of a novel, using powerful and charming storytelling to teach the lesson that the world is the venue for the battle of spiritual forces and that victory only comes only through denying the world to seek salvation. Bunyan’s writings, of which &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is far and away the best known, allowed him to reach a huge audience despite his incarceration. His account of a religious “everyman” made him a celebrity in his own day and has inspired countless people ever since.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Context==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English Civil War, a series of three armed conflicts (1641–1651), pitted not only Cavaliers (supporters of the king) against Roundheads (supporters of Parliament), or believers in divine right absolutist monarchy by divine right against those who championed some form of constitutional government, it also pitted the official Anglican religious settlement against the religion of the Puritans (Protestants who preferred a more rigorous and Bible-centered faith). Nonconformists, or Dissenters, as Puritans who rejected the Anglican Church were known, formed the backbone of the parliamentary armies led by Oliver Cromwell, which eventually overthrew the monarchy. During the Commonwealth (1649–1660), while Oliver Cromwell ruled as lord protector,[AuQ1] Dissenters were free to practice their religion as they chose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Cromwell’s death, England welcomed back Charles II (r. 1660–1685) and, with him, a renewed Anglican settlement. The Restoration government moved quickly and severely against Dissenters, demanding full allegiance to the State ChurchChurch of England, or the Anglican Church. Official Anglicanism had wealth, resources, facilities, and educated clergy. Dissenting churches made do without any of these advantages, and the costs of resistance were high enough that the most Dissenters were drawn from the uneducated and poor working classes. Some became involved in political schemes to overthrow Charles or, later, his brother James II (r. 1685–1688). Eventually Dissenters would play a prominent role in ousting the Catholic James for the Protestant Mary and her Dutch Protestant husband William in the Glorious Revolution of 1688. Other Dissenters would leave England for places of refuge such as the New World (as the Pilgrims had done before the English Civil War). But most remained at home and avoided politics as best they could, worshiping according to their beliefs and living with the consequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Bunyan participated personally in the all the great happenings of his time. Although he was not yet a committed Puritan, as a teenager he served in the Parliamentary army toward the end of the English Civil War. Later, during the Commonwealth, he experienced his conversion, and used the freedom of that era to become a Dissenting preacher. Like many other Noncomformists, he experienced persecution under the Restoration government. Bunyan himself spent more than twelve years in jail for preaching without a license. He died just before England’s Glorious Revolution allowed some measure of freedom to those who shared his religious beliefs. Yet the ideas about faith he taught in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, along with the general English experience on Nonconformity, would contribute toward shaping English views about freedom, government, and the intersection of church and state, not only in Britain but in the United States as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Time Line==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*November 30, 1628—John Bunyan is born in Harrowden in Bedfordshire, Elstow, England.&lt;br /&gt;
*1649—The end of the Second English Civil War ushers in the Commonwealth.&lt;br /&gt;
*1653—Bunyan experiences a conversion and is baptized and received into the Baptist Church.&lt;br /&gt;
*1657—Bunyan begins his career as a preacher.&lt;br /&gt;
*1660—The end of the Commonwealth brings about the Restoration under Charles II.&lt;br /&gt;
*1660—Bunyan is imprisoned for the first time in Bedford Jail, a confinement that lasts until 1672.&lt;br /&gt;
*1666—Bunyan writes his autobiography, &#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*1675—Bunyan is imprisoned for the second time in Bedford Jail, where he writes &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*1678—&#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1682—&#039;&#039;The Holy War&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1684—The second part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is published.&lt;br /&gt;
*1685—Charles II dies, and James II ascends to the throne.&lt;br /&gt;
*August 31, 1688—Bunyan dies.&lt;br /&gt;
*1688—The Glorious Revolution brings William and Mary to the throne and establishes limited religious freedom for Dissenters.&lt;br /&gt;
*1692—Bunyan’s last work, the anti-Catholic &#039;&#039;Of Antichrist and Her His Ruin&#039;&#039; is published.[AuQ2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==About the Author==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English writer and preacher John Bunyan was born in Harrowden in the county of Bedfordshire on November 30, 1628, to an extremely poor family. He received only a minimal education and followed his father into trade as a tinker before he went on to serve in the Parliamentary army during the English Civil War. It was his marriage after the end of military service that changed Bunyan’s life. His wife brought as her only dowry two religious texts. Reading those books brought focused Bunyan’s thoughts increasingly onto his own spiritual condition and eventually led to what he recognized as a conversion in 1653. A handful of other books, particularly the Bible, the Anglican &#039;&#039;Book of Common Prayer&#039;&#039;, and John Foxe’s account of the Christian martyrs through history, &#039;&#039;Actes and Monuments&#039;&#039; (more commonly known as &#039;&#039;The Book of Martyrs), played an important role in Bunyan’s self-education. In 1653 he was baptized and received into the Baptist Church. [AuQ3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s faith took a public role in religious matters when he began to dispute with local Quakers in 1656; this led to increasing involvement in ministry and finally a call to serve a local Independent cCongregation as pastor.[AuQ4] Under the Commonwealth it was possible for self-proclaimed preachers to lead congregations. With the Restoration of both Charles II and the Anglican Church, however, the government began to move against unlicensed preachers. Bunyan refused to conform to the Church of England and was jailed in 1660. His first period of imprisonment lasted (with occasional interruptions) for twelve years. The confinement was lax, giving him opportunities to write. It was probably during this period that Bunyan began to plan &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, though he did not begin the writing process until later—certainly he was busy enough turning out his autobiography (&#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;) and other books, pamphlets, sermons, and poetry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon release, Bunyan immediately renewed his career as a pastor, serving a congregation until he was arrested and jailed again in 1675.[AuQ5] It was during the following brief stint in prison that he wrote the first part of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, although the work was not published for three more years. In 1684 he published the second half of the work. Bunyan’s second jail term lasted only six months, and his increasing reputation and popularity protected him from further trouble. He was even offered royal patronage by James II, but Bunyan’s religious convictions caused him to refuse the post. He continued writing and preaching up until his death on August 31, 1688.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Explanation and Analysis of the Document==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[AuQ6]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===As I Walked through the Wilderness of This World===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an introduction in verse, Bunyan sets the stage for his story by describing it as the dream of the author; the author will not reawake until the final line of part 1. As a writer, Bunyan is known for his rich uses of imagery—imagery drawn heavily from the Authorized Version of the Bible. In this opening paragraph, for instance, the description of the future pilgrim is taken from scripture. “Filthy rags” are how the prophet Isaiah describes human attempts to please God; the Psalmist speaks of sins as a “heavy burden . . . too heavy for me.” Similarly, the despairing cry “What shall I do?” is an echo of several biblical passages. The sorrow, as the main character will soon relate, is a sense of impending judgment due for his own sins and the sins of his community. Such sorrow is a natural and appropriate response to encountering God’s truth, as the future pilgrim does when he reads his book (the Bible).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In This Plight, Therefore, He Went Home===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s description of the future pilgrim’s dilemma is a reflection of the differing understandings of salvation promoted by the state church (Church of England/Anglicans) and Bunyan’s own beliefs. The Church of England did not see society itself under judgment, taught that salvation lay in taking one’s appropriate place in society, and emphasized the communal rather than the individual aspects of salvation. Furthermore, the path to salvation offered through the Anglican Church was seen as the default position for any in the community who did not specifically reject it—no one need worry too much about being saved. Independents and other Puritans like Bunyan, however, understood society to be at odds with God. Salvation came only through rejecting society and its religious values and committing one’s self entirely to God. Although Bunyan’s version of Puritanism had strong communal implications (in part 2 of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, Christiana and her children travel together), there was an important individual component to religion. Underlying this stance was the assumption, in contrast to Anglicanism, that every person was lost &#039;&#039;unless&#039;&#039; he or she converted. The difference between the two positions is typical of a division in Western religiosity classified by sociologists as “church” versus “sect.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mocking and derision the future pilgrim experienced would have been very familiar to Bunyan’s audience. Bunyan himself was in jail when he wrote &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, and all Nonconformists faced significant penalties—socially, economically, and legally—for rejecting the state church in favor of their own religious beliefs. Adherence to a Dissenting congregation might even mean alienation from family and friends. It was this contempt that Puritans received from the world for their beliefs that strengthened the Puritan notion that the world itself was lost. Certainly the pressure to give up Dissenting beliefs and values taught the Puritans that the battles between good and evil over the destiny of souls were to be fought out in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan has the first step in the journey to salvation begin with personal anguish. For Puritans, salvation required a strong sense of individual sin and unworthiness. Only those recognizing their sinfulness could turn to God for forgiveness and mercy. It was typical of Puritan values that a decision for conversion only followed many hours of reflection and consideration. While some of their modern-day heirs understand conversion as an instant, once-and-for-all occurrence, for Puritans it was a process involving time and multiple stages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phrase (odd to modern ears) “children of my bowels” reflects Bunyan’s own familiarity with the Authorized Version of the Bible. The original Greek of the New Testament does indeed use the word correctly translated in the Authorized Version as “bowels” to describe what modern translations render in different places as “heart” or “feeling.” Modern Western people usually make the heart the seat of human emotion. The ancients gave that role to the stomach. It is the stomach that receives the rush of acid, for instance, with some strong emotions or that churns with anxiety or hurts during times of stress. The main character is simply adapting a literary expression to describe how dear his children are to him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw . . . [Him] Reading His Book, and Greatly Distressed in Mind===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The importance of reading in the main character’s conversion reflects Bunyan’s own experience—his conversion was prompted by two books of his wife’s. Of course, the book here in the story later proves to be the Bible, the chief source of inspiration for Bunyan, as for all good Puritans. But even these Bible-centered Protestants did not reject the help of other forms of literature. &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; itself was meant to be one of the books that helped Pilgrims on their way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evangelist is the first character to be introduced by name. In Bunyan’s story, the character of every person met in the pages is revealed by his or her name. Technically speaking, an Evangelist was one of the authors of the four Gospels (Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John), but Bunyan uses the name in the modern sense. Evangelist is someone who can tell the main character about salvation (“the Gospel” or “the Good News”). The future pilgrim has worked out his need for salvation on his own but requires someone to direct him on the path. Evangelist does not take him to salvation or plot the whole journey but merely points him in the right direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that up to this point in the story the main character does not yet have a name. His character has not yet been defined. Only after he makes an important decision can his true nature be revealed by the name he is given. This encounter between Evangelist and the main character emphasizes the individualistic aspect of the Puritan understanding of salvation. To obtain eternal life, the pilgrim must be willing to leave other kinds of life (family life, public life) behind. Underlying Bunyan’s beliefs was the conviction that “the world” (society, community, the established order) was opposed to God’s will and a hindrance to salvation. One must choose between the world’s way and God’s way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, Puritan religion was communal as well as individualistic. At some point each individual must make a personal decision, but such decisions are not made in isolation. There is no salvation for the main character with Evangelist to point the way. At critical times in the story other individuals will appear or reappear to keep the pilgrim on the path. The corporate nature of pilgrim life is emphasized more strongly in the second part of the book, where the pilgrims travel in a group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The description of the meeting between Evangelist and the main character is a classic descriptiondepiction of Puritan values. Human sin and its deserved condemnation are self-obviousevident, and many people in the course of life might become aware of them. However, some who recognized their own faults and knew know they needed to be saved might, by society’s pressure, decide to ignore their convictions. It iswas only when the sense of sin iswas too strong to ignore that the individual iswas willing to pursue relief. The main character is at this point, not yet saved but a seeker after salvation. And to seek, he must leave his community behind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Neighbors Also Came Out===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decision to set out on the road to salvation was is a momentous one. Only now can the pilgrim be called by his appropriate name, Christian. While the state church would have claimed that all those living in the city of Destruction (which Christian has just fled) were Christians, for the Puritans real Christians were those who were aware of their own sin and who turned to God for salvation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The experience of opposition was an important part of Puritan self-understanding. Since the world was lost and under judgment, one could expect only opposition from those who lived in it. In the case of Christian, there is general contempt and specific opposition from the characters Obstinate and Pliable. Obstinate questions the pilgrim, allowing Christian to describe something of his hope for salvation, words that only bring derision on “the book.” Obstinate calls for the pilgrim to give up his silliness and come home, while Pliable proves more open to the message. Ultimately Pliable resolves to travel with the pilgrim, while Obstinate turns back in disgust. It is probably not a good sign for Pliable’s future as a pilgrim that he is more attracted to the journey by the joys of heaven than by the conviction for of his own sin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s short description of what the responses of Christian’s experiences from his neighbors hints at three types of opposition Nonconforming Christians experienced. The first was simple rejection, characterized by mockery—the sort of reaction Bunyan highlights in the story. The second, perhaps implied in the phrase “some cried after him to return,” was a more serious effort to convincepersuade Dissenters to abandon their peculiar religious ideas. Mr. Worldly Wiseman, who appears later in the reading, provides one example of this sort as he tries to talk Christian into losing his burden in Morality. The final type of opposition is implied in the attempt “to fetch him back by force.” The state church possessed great power from the government to compel conformity. Bunyan himself, of course, wrote &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; while he was in jail for preaching without a license, a license that never would have been issued to him. The amount of legal trouble Dissenters faced varied from place to place and time to time. There were districts and periods where Nonconformists were generally ignored, while on other occasions they might face strict persecution. Even after 1688, though, when the freedom of Protestants to worship was generally allowed, Nonconformists faced severe legal limitations in terms of careers and education. When Bunyan describes the world as actively hostile to Puritan Christians, he is doing no more than recounting a reality he and most Nonconformists experienced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw in My Dream, That When Obstinate Was Gone Back===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian and Pliable travel together, while Christian gives more details about the glorious future awaiting believers in heaven. Their conversation demonstrates that the book Christian carries with him is indeed the Bible, a sure source of knowledge about spiritual realities. Although Christian is eager to hurry down the path to the Heavenly City, he finds himself slowed by the burden of sin he still carries on his back like a pack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “Slough of Despond” is one of Bunyan’s most famous images. Like that of any good allegorical figure, its rich complexity defies simple characterization, but among other things it is a swamp that traps people who are beginning their pilgrimage to the Heavenly City. The Slough itself stains and defiles, and in it the weight of sin is even more burdensome. It is ultimately revealed that the swamp is created from the discouragement that attends an awareness of personal sin. Although it is a trap or hazard on the path to salvation, it is one that cannot be completely mended, because the sorrow and fear created by an awareness of sin is natural (and even necessary) for those seeking to escape judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even if the Slough cannot ever be entirely drained, it should not be the great obstacle that it is. Here Bunyan is making a typical Puritan complaint against both the Catholic Church and the Anglican Church. Like a monarch ordering his highways to be maintained, God had commanded the road through the Slough to be repaired and provided much teaching to help Christians avoid being caught in the swamp of discouragement and self-doubt, yet these lessons had been mishandled, leaving many stuck in the mire. With appropriate instruction, a believer should be able to find God’s firm path through the dangerous slough. This is the fault of the state church, which neglects its essential functions and fails to teach important truths to its adherents, leaving pilgrims to find their own way down the difficult road to salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the hardships, Christian fights his way through the swamp, with the aid of the character Help—yet another reminder of the corporate aspect of Puritan faith. Christian needs others to give him a hand up from the swamp and to point him to the right path. and continues on his way. But Pliable, who before was so eager to experience the joys of the Heavenly City, is overwhelmed by the challenges of the journey and turns away. Christian continues on his way. The character Help is yet another reminder of the corporate aspect of Puritan faith. Christian needs others to give him a hand up from the swamp and to point him on the right way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now I Saw in My Dream That by This Time Pliable Was Got Home===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan’s audience would have been very familiar with individuals who had temporarily associated themselves with Dissenting congregations and then returned to the state church. The story of Pliable served as a cautionary tale. Those who went back to their old ways were likely to get just as much grief from their neighbors as if they had remained true, yet they would also miss out on heaven. In fact, since Pliable is around to be derided by his neighbors while Christian has moved on, Pliable may be even be worse off in the present life, just as he will certainly be worse off in the future one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now As Christian Was Walking Solitary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian continues on his journey and encounters a new figure, a man who hasd advice for him. The pilgrim has set out on the road to the Heavenly City in order to have the burden lifted from his back. Mr. Worldly Wiseman suggests that there are easier ways to remove the burden, ways that do not involve hardship, danger, or the loss of his family and community standing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a Puritan perspective, images of morality and civility promoted by society and the Church of England were traps. As Puritans understood the Bible, human effort (“keeping the law”) was unable tocould not save people from God’s judgment. To them, much of what the state church offered was a reliance on human effort, helping people to feel better about themselves so that they no longer noticed their burden of sin but not actually providing salvation. The Puritans saw such teaching as a medicine that masked a patient’s symptoms without curing the deadly disease. In rejecting “morality,” the Puritans were not advocating wild, sinful lifestyles—after all, Puritanism today is a byword for ultrastrict conduct. Instead, they were rejecting “moralism,” the idea that avoiding certain conspicuous sins was enough to please God. Civility was an even greater trap, elevating politeness and deference to society’s ideals of appropriate public behavior as the ultimate standard of human conduct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Worldly Wiseman mocks both the teaching of “the book” and Christian’s efforts to understand it. The warning not to meddle in things too high for him was typical of the advice that often uneducated Dissenters might frequently receive. Many educated people believed that only the trained experts of the state church were competent to interpret the Bible and God’s will and found it offensive that less-educated and less-qualified people would presume to do so. Although it was not necessarily true of the first generation of Puritans, there was an increasing element of class division between Dissenters and the supporters of the established church. This division would grow with time, so that most Nonconforming English groups (Congregationalists, Presbyterians, Baptists, and later Methodists), would be firmly working-class in orientation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Bunyan, socially acceptable alternatives to fleeing the City of Destruction were foolish tricks. The burden of sin was a real problem pointing to a real solution, and any alleged “cure” that caused a would-be pilgrim to forsake the journey to salvation was a terrible lie. Christian is taken in and leaves the correct road for a dead-end path. Even though the difficult way of salvation is full of misleading tracks, it is always possible to get back on the right road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===So Christian Turned Out of His Way===[AuQ7]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way of morality and civility seemed to offer an attractive short-cut to relief from the burden of sin, yet as Christian tries to go that direction, he finds the burden of sin growing and the path actually more difficultharder to follow. Trying to lead a genuinely moral life proves to be more difficult than it seemed initially, and is unable todoes not lead to salvation. Poor Christian despairs of ever reaching the Heavenly City. However, even though his sins are great, it is possible for him to return to the true path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Now Christian Looked for Nothing but Death=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poor Christian despairs of ever reaching the Heavenly City. However, even though his sins are great, it is possible for him to return to the true path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audience==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bunyan wrote for the sorts of people who attended or were likely to attend congregations not affiliated with the Church of England. Such Dissenters might lack formal education but often knew the Bible well and were familiar, through sermons, with many of the types of imagery Bunyan employed in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;. The book was aimed both at those considering conversion and Christians who needed encouragement to remain faithful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For many years &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; was appreciated as a classic work of English literature. Most English-language readers encounter it today only in the classroom, but Bunyan’s work still reaches an audience through other authors who have incorporated his values and ideas. Today &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; remains widely read as a religious work, particularly by Protestants of almost all denominations. Modern Christians particularly appreciate Bunyan’s theological understanding of discouragement as a natural part of faith. The text is also still used by Christian missionaries as a way to introduce Protestant beliefs about conversion and salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Impact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is often said that, after the Bible, &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; iswas the most printed, published, and translated book in the world. (It appeared in ninety different editions in the first hundred years after its publication and has been translated into more than two hundred languages.) Certainly it was the top best-seller in premodern England and enjoyed a similar popularity in colonial America. For generations Bunyan’s allegory was the most popular religious text in the English-speaking world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Bunyan’s literary reputation has somewhat diminished in modern times, it was not only his religious views that were influential. Readers who passed over the spiritual message of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; were often affected by Bunyan’s powerful and creative literary style. Bunyan’s influence extends even over those who reject his basic values or have never read his work—the popular magazine &#039;&#039;Vanity Fair&#039;&#039; takes its name from a large community’s market in &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, for Bunyan a place of temptation to avoid. Another of many of Bunyan’s phrases to enter popular culture is “Slough of Despond.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an author, Bunyan still continues to exert influence. C. S. Lewis, the author of the Narnia stories and a popular Christian writer, was inspired by Bunyan to write a modern Christian allegory, which he entitled &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Regress&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; had a discernable impact on such classic literature as Charlotte Brontë’s &#039;&#039;Jane Eyre&#039;&#039;, Louisa May Alcott’s &#039;&#039;Little Women&#039;&#039;, and Kurt Vonnegut’s &#039;&#039;Slaughterhouse-Five&#039;&#039;, and, of course, William Makepiece Makepeace Thackeray’s &#039;&#039;Vanity Fair&#039;&#039;, as well as dozens of lesser-known modern works. It was made into an opera by Ralph Vaughan Williams and more recently into a rock opera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More important to Bunyan would have been the religious legacy of his writing. When Bunyan wrote his classic work, he was expressing the values of a persecuted minority. With time, however, and certainly helped by the wide popularity of &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039;, Puritan beliefs became more and more mainstream, until today many of their convictions are widely held in the Protestant community worldwide. Bunyan’s understanding of conversion, of Christian mistrust of society, of the role of the individual, and of the authority of scripture are shared by the majority of Christians in Britain and the United States today. Perhaps the greatest testimony to how widely accepted &#039;&#039;Pilgrim’s Progress&#039;&#039; is by modern Christians is the inclusion of Christian’s hymn “He Who Would Valiant Be” in the Church of England hymnal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Essential Quotes==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“He answered, ‘Sir, I perceive, by the book in my hand, that I am condemned to die, and after that to come to judgment; and I find that I am not willing to do the first, nor able to do the second’” (chapter 1, paragraph 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So I saw in my dream that the man began to run. Now he had not run far from his own door when his wife and children, perceiving it, began to cry after him to return; but the man put his fingers in his ears, and ran on crying, Life! life! eternal life!”(chapter 1, paragraph 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So Christian turned out of his way to go to Mr. Legality’s house for help: but, behold, when he was got now hard by the hill, it seemed so high, and also that side of it that was next the way-side did hang so much over, that Christian was afraid to venture further, lest the hill should fall on his head; wherefore there he stood still, and wotted not what to do. Also his burden now seemed heavier to him than while he was in his way” (chapter 1, paragraph 80).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Articles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Dutton, Richard A. “‘Interesting, but Tough’: Reading The Pilgrim’s Progress”. &#039;&#039;Studies in English Literature&#039;&#039;18, no. 3 (Summer 1978): 439–456.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Books===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Bunyan, John. &#039;&#039;Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners&#039;&#039;. New York: Penguin, 1987.&lt;br /&gt;
#Furlong, Monica. &#039;&#039;Puritan’s Progress: A Study of John Bunyan&#039;&#039;. London: Hodder &amp;amp;amp; Stoughton, 1975.&lt;br /&gt;
#Greaves, Richard L. &#039;&#039;Glimpses of Glory: John Bunyan and English Dissent&#039;&#039;. Standford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
#Hill, Christopher. &#039;&#039;A Tinker and a Poor Man: John Bunyan and His Church, 1628–1688&#039;&#039;. New York: Knopf, 1988.&lt;br /&gt;
#Mullett, Michael. &#039;&#039;John Bunyan in Context&#039;&#039;. Keele, U.K.: Keele University Press, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
#Vincent Newey, ed. &#039;&#039;The Pilgrim’s Progress: Critical and Historical Views&#039;&#039;. Liverpool, U.K.: University of Liverpool Press, 1980.&lt;br /&gt;
#Winslow, Ola Elizabeth. &#039;&#039;John Bunyan&#039;&#039;. New York: Macmillan, 1961. &amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—Raymond Powell&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=612</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=612"/>
		<updated>2010-05-11T08:51:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Support at River Valley */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|FAQ - &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]] &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Model-wise bibliographic style files]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]] [Not completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open Source tools to annotate PDFs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on TeX Live setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on MacBook Pro Unibody]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Generating PDF/A compliant PDFs from pdftex]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using TrueType fonts with pdfTeX]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Marcia|Guest Page]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=597</id>
		<title>Epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=597"/>
		<updated>2009-10-21T09:59:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* How to contact */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;What is epubgen?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
epubgen is a tool for generating [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EPUB ePub] files from Elsevier&#039;s Journal and Book (Stand-alone and Book-Series) CONTRAST-out datasets. epubgen is created as a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command-line_interface command line interface (CLI)] tool. This tool is compatible with both Linux and Windows platforms. The input is Elsevier&#039;s CONTRAST-OUT dataset and the output is the epub file. A dataset is actually an archive (in other terms a container of files). This archive may contain, the PDF, XML, stripins (gif images of MathML code), figures and a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the entry point to the dataset which contains the details including path names of the files in the dataset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This program is released under the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
# A single dataset may contain a collection of issues or books. By default each issue/book will be separate &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ePub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. But if &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; files of each item (ie, article/book) is needed, then you can split the files.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the XML file, both MathML code and as an alternative, stripins (images of MathML code) are available. This program is now set in such a way that you can select to render MathML or view the images or SVG or all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can select the level of the table of contents using the command line switch. Default is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
# This tool will work both in Linux and Windows Platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Software dependencies===&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubcheck&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (version 1.0.4 or higher) which is a parser for epub files.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Perl 5.8.8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or higher&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xsltproc&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;saxon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (ver. 9 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xmllint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;convert&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (ImageMagick 6.3.7 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;zip&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The ePub file is actually a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;zip&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file with extension &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java 1.6&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Cygwin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is required for Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
The installation is so simple that you just need to unzip the archive. All the files will be extracted to a folder named epubgen-*.* which will be called `installation path&#039; from now onwards. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; stands for the correct version number which you see in the folder you get when you unzip the archive. This folder contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.pl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,  &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.sh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.bat&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; etc. If you add the installation path to the system variable &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PATH&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, that will be the more efficient way of working. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, edit the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file to set the path of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Even if Java path is set properly in your system variables, setting this path in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is also necessary. For both Linux and Windows, seperate variables are given. If you are a Linux user, then set the variable for Linux and comment out the variable for Windows and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to create epub files?==&lt;br /&gt;
Unzip the CONTRAST-OUT dataset to any folder and use the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Linux:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] \&lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d /opt/my-dataset/EWX00001158/ -p /opt/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Windows:&lt;br /&gt;
There is difference in the usage of commands for Cygwin terminal and default command line terminal. In the following syntax, the first one is for Cygwin terminal and the other is for default command line terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] &lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] &lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d e:/my-dataset/EWX00001158/  -p  e:/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d e:\my-dataset\EWX00001158  -p  e:\my-epub-files\&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List of options===&lt;br /&gt;
 --valid or -v         Validate the epub file produced. Default is to validate&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --path or -p          Path to which epub files are to be copied&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --nostripins or -S    Not to include stripins. Default is to include stripins&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --svg or -g           [yes|no] Whether to insert SVG code for math&lt;br /&gt;
                           &lt;br /&gt;
 --mathml or -m        [yes|no] Whether to retain mathml code. &lt;br /&gt;
                       Default is no. Either stripins or mathml is required however&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --item or -i          To split epub files item wise. Default is single epub for single issue&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --level or -l         Level of table of contents to be included in the toc.ncx file of epub. Default is 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Project home page==&lt;br /&gt;
This project is hosted in gna.org. The URL is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/projects/epubgen https://gna.org/projects/epubgen]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the information about how to access the source code repository, please visit the following URL:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to contact==&lt;br /&gt;
Suggestions, recommendations, feature requests, bug reports, etc can be send to [mailto:latex.support@river-valley.com Support]. Bugs can also be filed at the [https://gna.org/bugs/?func=additem&amp;amp;group=epubgen Bugtracker], but you need to login at [http://gna.org http://gna.org].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=596</id>
		<title>Epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=596"/>
		<updated>2009-10-21T09:58:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Project home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;What is epubgen?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
epubgen is a tool for generating [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EPUB ePub] files from Elsevier&#039;s Journal and Book (Stand-alone and Book-Series) CONTRAST-out datasets. epubgen is created as a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command-line_interface command line interface (CLI)] tool. This tool is compatible with both Linux and Windows platforms. The input is Elsevier&#039;s CONTRAST-OUT dataset and the output is the epub file. A dataset is actually an archive (in other terms a container of files). This archive may contain, the PDF, XML, stripins (gif images of MathML code), figures and a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the entry point to the dataset which contains the details including path names of the files in the dataset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This program is released under the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
# A single dataset may contain a collection of issues or books. By default each issue/book will be separate &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ePub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. But if &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; files of each item (ie, article/book) is needed, then you can split the files.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the XML file, both MathML code and as an alternative, stripins (images of MathML code) are available. This program is now set in such a way that you can select to render MathML or view the images or SVG or all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can select the level of the table of contents using the command line switch. Default is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
# This tool will work both in Linux and Windows Platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Software dependencies===&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubcheck&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (version 1.0.4 or higher) which is a parser for epub files.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Perl 5.8.8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or higher&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xsltproc&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;saxon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (ver. 9 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xmllint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;convert&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (ImageMagick 6.3.7 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;zip&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The ePub file is actually a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;zip&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file with extension &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java 1.6&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Cygwin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is required for Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
The installation is so simple that you just need to unzip the archive. All the files will be extracted to a folder named epubgen-*.* which will be called `installation path&#039; from now onwards. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; stands for the correct version number which you see in the folder you get when you unzip the archive. This folder contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.pl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,  &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.sh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.bat&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; etc. If you add the installation path to the system variable &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PATH&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, that will be the more efficient way of working. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, edit the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file to set the path of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Even if Java path is set properly in your system variables, setting this path in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is also necessary. For both Linux and Windows, seperate variables are given. If you are a Linux user, then set the variable for Linux and comment out the variable for Windows and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to create epub files?==&lt;br /&gt;
Unzip the CONTRAST-OUT dataset to any folder and use the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Linux:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] \&lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d /opt/my-dataset/EWX00001158/ -p /opt/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Windows:&lt;br /&gt;
There is difference in the usage of commands for Cygwin terminal and default command line terminal. In the following syntax, the first one is for Cygwin terminal and the other is for default command line terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] &lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] &lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d e:/my-dataset/EWX00001158/  -p  e:/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d e:\my-dataset\EWX00001158  -p  e:\my-epub-files\&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List of options===&lt;br /&gt;
 --valid or -v         Validate the epub file produced. Default is to validate&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --path or -p          Path to which epub files are to be copied&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --nostripins or -S    Not to include stripins. Default is to include stripins&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --svg or -g           [yes|no] Whether to insert SVG code for math&lt;br /&gt;
                           &lt;br /&gt;
 --mathml or -m        [yes|no] Whether to retain mathml code. &lt;br /&gt;
                       Default is no. Either stripins or mathml is required however&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --item or -i          To split epub files item wise. Default is single epub for single issue&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --level or -l         Level of table of contents to be included in the toc.ncx file of epub. Default is 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Project home page==&lt;br /&gt;
This project is hosted in gna.org. The URL is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/projects/epubgen https://gna.org/projects/epubgen]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the information about how to access the source code repository, please visit the following URL:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to contact==&lt;br /&gt;
suggestions, recommendations, bug reports, etc can be send to [mailto:latex.support@river-valley.com Support]. Bugs can also be filed at the [https://gna.org/bugs/?func=additem&amp;amp;group=epubgen Bugtracker], but you need to login at [http://gna.org http://gna.org].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=592</id>
		<title>Epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=592"/>
		<updated>2009-10-21T09:49:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* How to create epub files? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;What is epubgen?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
epubgen is a tool for generating [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EPUB ePub] files from Elsevier&#039;s Journal and Book (Stand-alone and Book-Series) CONTRAST-out datasets. epubgen is created as a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command-line_interface command line interface (CLI)] tool. This tool is compatible with both Linux and Windows platforms. The input is Elsevier&#039;s CONTRAST-OUT dataset and the output is the epub file. A dataset is actually an archive (in other terms a container of files). This archive may contain, the PDF, XML, stripins (gif images of MathML code), figures and a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the entry point to the dataset which contains the details including path names of the files in the dataset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This program is released under the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
# A single dataset may contain a collection of issues or books. By default each issue/book will be separate &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ePub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. But if &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; files of each item (ie, article/book) is needed, then you can split the files.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the XML file, both MathML code and as an alternative, stripins (images of MathML code) are available. This program is now set in such a way that you can select to render MathML or view the images or SVG or all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can select the level of the table of contents using the command line switch. Default is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
# This tool will work both in Linux and Windows Platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Software dependencies===&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubcheck&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (version 1.0.4 or higher) which is a parser for epub files.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Perl 5.8.8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or higher&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xsltproc&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;saxon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (ver. 9 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xmllint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;convert&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (ImageMagick 6.3.7 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;zip&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The ePub file is actually a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;zip&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file with extension &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java 1.6&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Cygwin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is required for Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
The installation is so simple that you just need to unzip the archive. All the files will be extracted to a folder named epubgen-*.* which will be called `installation path&#039; from now onwards. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; stands for the correct version number which you see in the folder you get when you unzip the archive. This folder contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.pl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,  &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.sh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.bat&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; etc. If you add the installation path to the system variable &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PATH&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, that will be the more efficient way of working. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, edit the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file to set the path of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Even if Java path is set properly in your system variables, setting this path in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is also necessary. For both Linux and Windows, seperate variables are given. If you are a Linux user, then set the variable for Linux and comment out the variable for Windows and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to create epub files?==&lt;br /&gt;
Unzip the CONTRAST-OUT dataset to any folder and use the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Linux:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] \&lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d /opt/my-dataset/EWX00001158/ -p /opt/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Windows:&lt;br /&gt;
There is difference in the usage of commands for Cygwin terminal and default command line terminal. In the following syntax, the first one is for Cygwin terminal and the other is for default command line terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] &lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] &lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d e:/my-dataset/EWX00001158/  -p  e:/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d e:\my-dataset\EWX00001158  -p  e:\my-epub-files\&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List of options===&lt;br /&gt;
 --valid or -v         Validate the epub file produced. Default is to validate&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --path or -p          Path to which epub files are to be copied&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --nostripins or -S    Not to include stripins. Default is to include stripins&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --svg or -g           [yes|no] Whether to insert SVG code for math&lt;br /&gt;
                           &lt;br /&gt;
 --mathml or -m        [yes|no] Whether to retain mathml code. &lt;br /&gt;
                       Default is no. Either stripins or mathml is required however&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --item or -i          To split epub files item wise. Default is single epub for single issue&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --level or -l         Level of table of contents to be included in the toc.ncx file of epub. Default is 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project home page===&lt;br /&gt;
This project is hosted in gna.org. The URL is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/projects/epubgen https://gna.org/projects/epubgen]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the information about how to access the source code repository, please visit the following URL:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=591</id>
		<title>Epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=591"/>
		<updated>2009-10-21T09:48:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* How to create epub files? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;What is epubgen?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
epubgen is a tool for generating [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EPUB ePub] files from Elsevier&#039;s Journal and Book (Stand-alone and Book-Series) CONTRAST-out datasets. epubgen is created as a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command-line_interface command line interface (CLI)] tool. This tool is compatible with both Linux and Windows platforms. The input is Elsevier&#039;s CONTRAST-OUT dataset and the output is the epub file. A dataset is actually an archive (in other terms a container of files). This archive may contain, the PDF, XML, stripins (gif images of MathML code), figures and a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the entry point to the dataset which contains the details including path names of the files in the dataset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This program is released under the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
# A single dataset may contain a collection of issues or books. By default each issue/book will be separate &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ePub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. But if &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; files of each item (ie, article/book) is needed, then you can split the files.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the XML file, both MathML code and as an alternative, stripins (images of MathML code) are available. This program is now set in such a way that you can select to render MathML or view the images or SVG or all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can select the level of the table of contents using the command line switch. Default is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
# This tool will work both in Linux and Windows Platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Software dependencies===&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubcheck&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (version 1.0.4 or higher) which is a parser for epub files.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Perl 5.8.8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or higher&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xsltproc&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;saxon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (ver. 9 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xmllint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;convert&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (ImageMagick 6.3.7 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;zip&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The ePub file is actually a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;zip&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file with extension &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java 1.6&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Cygwin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is required for Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
The installation is so simple that you just need to unzip the archive. All the files will be extracted to a folder named epubgen-*.* which will be called `installation path&#039; from now onwards. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; stands for the correct version number which you see in the folder you get when you unzip the archive. This folder contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.pl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,  &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.sh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.bat&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; etc. If you add the installation path to the system variable &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PATH&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, that will be the more efficient way of working. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, edit the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file to set the path of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Even if Java path is set properly in your system variables, setting this path in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is also necessary. For both Linux and Windows, seperate variables are given. If you are a Linux user, then set the variable for Linux and comment out the variable for Windows and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to create epub files?===&lt;br /&gt;
Unzip the CONTRAST-OUT dataset to any folder and use the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Linux:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] \&lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d /opt/my-dataset/EWX00001158/ -p /opt/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Windows:&lt;br /&gt;
There is difference in the usage of commands for Cygwin terminal and default command line terminal. In the following syntax, the first one is for Cygwin terminal and the other is for default command line terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] &lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] &lt;br /&gt;
  -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d e:/my-dataset/EWX00001158/  -p  e:/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d e:\my-dataset\EWX00001158  -p  e:\my-epub-files\&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List of options====&lt;br /&gt;
 --valid or -v         Validate the epub file produced. Default is to validate&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --path or -p          Path to which epub files are to be copied&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --nostripins or -S    Not to include stripins. Default is to include stripins&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --svg or -g           [yes|no] Whether to insert SVG code for math&lt;br /&gt;
                           &lt;br /&gt;
 --mathml or -m        [yes|no] Whether to retain mathml code. &lt;br /&gt;
                       Default is no. Either stripins or mathml is required however&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --item or -i          To split epub files item wise. Default is single epub for single issue&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --level or -l         Level of table of contents to be included in the toc.ncx file of epub. Default is 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project home page===&lt;br /&gt;
This project is hosted in gna.org. The URL is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/projects/epubgen https://gna.org/projects/epubgen]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the information about how to access the source code repository, please visit the following URL:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=590</id>
		<title>Epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=590"/>
		<updated>2009-10-21T09:45:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Software dependencies */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;What is epubgen?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
epubgen is a tool for generating [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EPUB ePub] files from Elsevier&#039;s Journal and Book (Stand-alone and Book-Series) CONTRAST-out datasets. epubgen is created as a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command-line_interface command line interface (CLI)] tool. This tool is compatible with both Linux and Windows platforms. The input is Elsevier&#039;s CONTRAST-OUT dataset and the output is the epub file. A dataset is actually an archive (in other terms a container of files). This archive may contain, the PDF, XML, stripins (gif images of MathML code), figures and a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the entry point to the dataset which contains the details including path names of the files in the dataset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This program is released under the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
# A single dataset may contain a collection of issues or books. By default each issue/book will be separate &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ePub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. But if &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; files of each item (ie, article/book) is needed, then you can split the files.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the XML file, both MathML code and as an alternative, stripins (images of MathML code) are available. This program is now set in such a way that you can select to render MathML or view the images or SVG or all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can select the level of the table of contents using the command line switch. Default is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
# This tool will work both in Linux and Windows Platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Software dependencies===&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubcheck&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (version 1.0.4 or higher) which is a parser for epub files.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Perl 5.8.8&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or higher&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xsltproc&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;saxon&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (ver. 9 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;xmllint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;convert&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (ImageMagick 6.3.7 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;zip&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The ePub file is actually a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;zip&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file with extension &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java 1.6&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Cygwin&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is required for Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
The installation is so simple that you just need to unzip the archive. All the files will be extracted to a folder named epubgen-*.* which will be called `installation path&#039; from now onwards. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; stands for the correct version number which you see in the folder you get when you unzip the archive. This folder contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.pl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,  &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.sh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.bat&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; etc. If you add the installation path to the system variable &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PATH&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, that will be the more efficient way of working. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, edit the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file to set the path of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Even if Java path is set properly in your system variables, setting this path in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is also necessary. For both Linux and Windows, seperate variables are given. If you are a Linux user, then set the variable for Linux and comment out the variable for Windows and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to create epub files?===&lt;br /&gt;
Unzip the CONTRAST-OUT dataset to any folder and use the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Linux:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d /opt/my-dataset/EWX00001158/ -p /opt/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Windows:&lt;br /&gt;
There is difference in the usage of commands for Cygwin terminal and default command line terminal. In the following syntax, the first one is for Cygwin terminal and the other is for default command line terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d e:/my-dataset/EWX00001158/  -p  e:/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d e:\my-dataset\EWX00001158  -p  e:\my-epub-files\&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List of options====&lt;br /&gt;
 --valid or -v         Validate the epub file produced. Default is to validate&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --path or -p          Path to which epub files are to be copied&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --nostripins or -S    Not to include stripins. Default is to include stripins&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --svg or -g           [yes|no] Whether to insert SVG code for math&lt;br /&gt;
                           &lt;br /&gt;
 --mathml or -m        [yes|no] Whether to retain mathml code. &lt;br /&gt;
                       Default is no. Either stripins or mathml is required however&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --item or -i          To split epub files item wise. Default is single epub for single issue&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --level or -l         Level of table of contents to be included in the toc.ncx file of epub. Default is 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project home page===&lt;br /&gt;
This project is hosted in gna.org. The URL is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/projects/epubgen https://gna.org/projects/epubgen]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the information about how to access the source code repository, please visit the following URL:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=589</id>
		<title>Epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=589"/>
		<updated>2009-10-21T09:43:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;What is epubgen?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
epubgen is a tool for generating [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EPUB ePub] files from Elsevier&#039;s Journal and Book (Stand-alone and Book-Series) CONTRAST-out datasets. epubgen is created as a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command-line_interface command line interface (CLI)] tool. This tool is compatible with both Linux and Windows platforms. The input is Elsevier&#039;s CONTRAST-OUT dataset and the output is the epub file. A dataset is actually an archive (in other terms a container of files). This archive may contain, the PDF, XML, stripins (gif images of MathML code), figures and a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the entry point to the dataset which contains the details including path names of the files in the dataset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This program is released under the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
# A single dataset may contain a collection of issues or books. By default each issue/book will be separate &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ePub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. But if &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; files of each item (ie, article/book) is needed, then you can split the files.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the XML file, both MathML code and as an alternative, stripins (images of MathML code) are available. This program is now set in such a way that you can select to render MathML or view the images or SVG or all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can select the level of the table of contents using the command line switch. Default is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
# This tool will work both in Linux and Windows Platforms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Software dependencies===&lt;br /&gt;
# epubcheck (version 1.0.4 or higher) which is a parser for epub files.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perl 5.8.8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
# xsltproc &lt;br /&gt;
# saxon (ver. 9 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# xmllint &lt;br /&gt;
# convert (ImageMagick 6.3.7 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# zip. The ePub file is actually a zip file with extension &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Java 1.6 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cygwin is required for Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
The installation is so simple that you just need to unzip the archive. All the files will be extracted to a folder named epubgen-*.* which will be called `installation path&#039; from now onwards. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; stands for the correct version number which you see in the folder you get when you unzip the archive. This folder contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.pl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,  &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.sh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.bat&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; etc. If you add the installation path to the system variable &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PATH&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, that will be the more efficient way of working. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, edit the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file to set the path of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Even if Java path is set properly in your system variables, setting this path in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is also necessary. For both Linux and Windows, seperate variables are given. If you are a Linux user, then set the variable for Linux and comment out the variable for Windows and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to create epub files?===&lt;br /&gt;
Unzip the CONTRAST-OUT dataset to any folder and use the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Linux:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d /opt/my-dataset/EWX00001158/ -p /opt/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Windows:&lt;br /&gt;
There is difference in the usage of commands for Cygwin terminal and default command line terminal. In the following syntax, the first one is for Cygwin terminal and the other is for default command line terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d e:/my-dataset/EWX00001158/  -p  e:/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d e:\my-dataset\EWX00001158  -p  e:\my-epub-files\&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List of options====&lt;br /&gt;
 --valid or -v         Validate the epub file produced. Default is to validate&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --path or -p          Path to which epub files are to be copied&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --nostripins or -S    Not to include stripins. Default is to include stripins&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --svg or -g           [yes|no] Whether to insert SVG code for math&lt;br /&gt;
                           &lt;br /&gt;
 --mathml or -m        [yes|no] Whether to retain mathml code. &lt;br /&gt;
                       Default is no. Either stripins or mathml is required however&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --item or -i          To split epub files item wise. Default is single epub for single issue&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --level or -l         Level of table of contents to be included in the toc.ncx file of epub. Default is 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project home page===&lt;br /&gt;
This project is hosted in gna.org. The URL is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/projects/epubgen https://gna.org/projects/epubgen]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the information about how to access the source code repository, please visit the following URL:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=588</id>
		<title>Epubgen: Creating epub files from Elsevier dataset</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Epubgen:_Creating_epub_files_from_Elsevier_dataset&amp;diff=588"/>
		<updated>2009-10-21T09:41:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* What is epubgen? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==&#039;&#039;&#039;What is epubgen?&#039;&#039;&#039;==&lt;br /&gt;
epubgen is a tool for generating [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EPUB ePub] files from Elsevier&#039;s Journal and Book (Stand-alone and Book-Series) CONTRAST-out datasets. epubgen is created as a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command-line_interface command line interface (CLI)] tool. This tool is compatible with both Linux and Windows platforms. The input is Elsevier&#039;s CONTRAST-OUT dataset and the output is the epub file. A dataset is actually an archive (in other terms a container of files). This archive may contain, the PDF, XML, stripins (gif images of MathML code), figures and a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;dataset.xml&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the entry point to the dataset which contains the details including path names of the files in the dataset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This program is released under the GNU General Public License.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features===&lt;br /&gt;
# A single dataset may contain a collection of issues or books. By default each issues/books will be seperate ePub file. But if epub files of each item (ie, article/book) is needed, then you can split the files.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the XML file, both MathML code and as an alternative, stripins (images of MathML code) are available. This program is now set in such a way that you can select to render MathML or view the images or SVG or all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can select the level of the table of contents using the command line switch. Default is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
# This tool will work both in Linux and Windows Platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Software dependencies===&lt;br /&gt;
# epubcheck (version 1.0.4 or higher) which is a parser for epub files.&lt;br /&gt;
# Perl 5.8.8 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
# xsltproc &lt;br /&gt;
# saxon (ver. 9 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# xmllint &lt;br /&gt;
# convert (ImageMagick 6.3.7 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;
# zip. The ePub file is actually a zip file with extension &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.epub&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Java 1.6 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;
# Cygwin is required for Windows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
The installation is so simple that you just need to unzip the archive. All the files will be extracted to a folder named epubgen-*.* which will be called `installation path&#039; from now onwards. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.*&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; stands for the correct version number which you see in the folder you get when you unzip the archive. This folder contains &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.pl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,  &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.sh&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.bat&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epubgen.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; etc. If you add the installation path to the system variable &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;PATH&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, that will be the more efficient way of working. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, edit the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file to set the path of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Java&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Even if Java path is set properly in your system variables, setting this path in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;epub.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is also necessary. For both Linux and Windows, seperate variables are given. If you are a Linux user, then set the variable for Linux and comment out the variable for Windows and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to create epub files?===&lt;br /&gt;
Unzip the CONTRAST-OUT dataset to any folder and use the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Linux:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d /opt/my-dataset/EWX00001158/ -p /opt/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Windows:&lt;br /&gt;
There is difference in the usage of commands for Cygwin terminal and default command line terminal. In the following syntax, the first one is for Cygwin terminal and the other is for default command line terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Syntax&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d [Options] [name of folder where dataset.xml resides] -p [folder where epub file should be generated]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;green&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Example&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.sh -d e:/my-dataset/EWX00001158/  -p  e:/my-epub-files/&lt;br /&gt;
 epubgen.pl -d e:\my-dataset\EWX00001158  -p  e:\my-epub-files\&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====List of options====&lt;br /&gt;
 --valid or -v         Validate the epub file produced. Default is to validate&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --path or -p          Path to which epub files are to be copied&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --nostripins or -S    Not to include stripins. Default is to include stripins&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --svg or -g           [yes|no] Whether to insert SVG code for math&lt;br /&gt;
                           &lt;br /&gt;
 --mathml or -m        [yes|no] Whether to retain mathml code. &lt;br /&gt;
                       Default is no. Either stripins or mathml is required however&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --item or -i          To split epub files item wise. Default is single epub for single issue&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 --level or -l         Level of table of contents to be included in the toc.ncx file of epub. Default is 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Project home page===&lt;br /&gt;
This project is hosted in gna.org. The URL is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/projects/epubgen https://gna.org/projects/epubgen]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the information about how to access the source code repository, please visit the following URL:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen https://gna.org/svn/?group=epubgen]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=576</id>
		<title>Model-wise bibliographic style files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=576"/>
		<updated>2009-10-20T11:36:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Why should authors use Bib database? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.tug.org/tutorials/tugindia/ [LaTeX Tutorial]]  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[Elsarticle.cls|[Using elsarticle.cls]]] &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|[FAQ - elsarticle.cls]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a quick reference guide which helps authors to choose the appropriate template and bibliography style file (.bst) according to the journal specific instructions for preparing manuscripts. This guide contains the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of reference model &lt;br /&gt;
* Citation format of each model&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the template to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the bibliography style file to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Examples of bibitem listing of three major types, &#039;&#039;viz&#039;&#039;., article, book and edited book&lt;br /&gt;
* Advantages of using Bib database.&lt;br /&gt;
What the authors need to do is to understand the citation and bibliography patterns of a particular journal from Elsevier&#039;s author instructions page and choose the appropriate template and .bst file from the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model1-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-1-num.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model1a-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-1a-num.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing, Inc., New York, 1994, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1b - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model1b-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-1b-num.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1c - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model1c-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-1c-num.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 2 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model2-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-2-harv.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J.A.J., Lupton, R.A., 2000. The art of writing a scientific article. J. Sci. Commun. 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr., W., White, E.B., 1979. The Elements of Style, third ed. Macmillan, New York.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G.R., Adams, L.B. , 1999. How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: Jones, B.S., Smith, R.Z. (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age. E- Publishing Inc., New York, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model3-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-3-num.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ...&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model3a-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-3a-num.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039; 2000;&#039;&#039;&#039;163&#039;&#039;&#039;:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk Jr W, White EB. &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039;. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 4 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model4-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-4-harv.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E-Publishing Inc.; 1994. p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 5 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam &amp;amp;amp; Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model5-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-5-harv.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J. A. J., &amp;amp; Lupton R. A. (2000). The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;Journal of Scientific Communications&#039;&#039;, 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk, W., Jr., &amp;amp; White, E. B. (1979). &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. (3rd ed.). New York: Macmillan, (Chapter 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G. R., &amp;amp; Adams, L. B. (1994). How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In B. S. Jones, &amp;amp; R. Z. Smith (Eds.), &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039; (pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304). New York: E-Publishing Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 6 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
``... as demonstrated.^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ... (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model6-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-6-num.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039;. 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk W Jr, White EB. &#039;&#039;The Elements of Style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, eds. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the Electronic Age&#039;&#039;. New York, NY: E- Publishing Inc; 1999:281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Why should authors use Bib database?&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
There are many advantages if authors make use of Bib database and provide it along with manuscript. Authors who do not know what &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;BibTeX&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and Bib database may please visit the following URL:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following are the advantages of using Bib database:&lt;br /&gt;
;Easy formatting: No manual work needed for journal specific formatting of bibitems like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;* punctuate bibitems;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;* shorten page numbers;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;* change fonts/attributes for different fields;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;* remove dots from author&#039;s given names/initials etc. if the journal style stipulates it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a single press of button, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;BibTeX&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will handle all these. The punctuations, font change, compression of page numbers etc. will be taken care of by the appropriate &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; files which authors choose. Without &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;BibTeX&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; authors need to waste a lot of time for doing this one-by-one manually.&lt;br /&gt;
;Consistency in style: Keeping punctuations/fonts etc. consistent for each bibitem is a very difficult task without BibTeX. Authors need to check each and every bibitems manually for consistency.&lt;br /&gt;
;Less head-ache in proof-reading: As higher levels of automation is possible for the typesetters to create complex XML format from the Bib database file, the conversion will be error-free. When the authors get the proofs back, their headache in proof-reading the references will be less.&lt;br /&gt;
;Speed: As the typesetters do the conversion very quickly without waste of time using automated process, it will speed-up the publication process of your paper considerably. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following examples of three Bib database entries (entries in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.bib&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file), their equivalent Model-1 type of reference LaTeX entry when &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;BibTeX&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is run on &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.bib&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;.bbl&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file) and its final XML-tagging will help you to understand the above points very clearly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===.bib file===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
@ARTICLE{vanderGeeretal2000,&lt;br /&gt;
  author  = {van der Geer, J. and Hanraads, J. A. J. and Lupton, R. A.},&lt;br /&gt;
  title   = {The art of writing a scientific article},&lt;br /&gt;
  journal = {J. Sci. Commun.}, &lt;br /&gt;
  volume  = {163},&lt;br /&gt;
  year    = {2000},&lt;br /&gt;
  pages   = {51-59}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
@BOOK{StrunkWhite1979,&lt;br /&gt;
  author  = {Strunk Jr., W. and White, E. B.},&lt;br /&gt;
  title   = {The Elements of Style},&lt;br /&gt;
  edition = {3rd ed.},&lt;br /&gt;
  address = {New York, NY},&lt;br /&gt;
  publisher = {Macmillan},&lt;br /&gt;
  year    = {1979}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
@INCOLLECTION{MettamAdams1999,&lt;br /&gt;
  author  = {Mettam, G. R. and Adams, L. B.},&lt;br /&gt;
  title   = {How to prepare an electronic version of your article},&lt;br /&gt;
  editor  = {Jones, B. S. and Smith, R. Z.},&lt;br /&gt;
  booktitle = {Introduction to the Electronic Age},&lt;br /&gt;
  address = {New York, NY},&lt;br /&gt;
  publisher = {E-Publishing Inc.},&lt;br /&gt;
  year    = {1999},&lt;br /&gt;
  pages   = {281-304}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===.bbl file===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
%Type = Article&lt;br /&gt;
\bibitem[{van~der Geer et~al.(2000)van~der Geer, Hanraads, and   Lupton}]{vanderGeeretal2000}&lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{author}{J.~van~der Geer}, &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{author}{J.~A.~J. Hanraads},&lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{author}{R.~A. Lupton},&lt;br /&gt;
\newblock &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{title}{The art of writing a scientific article},&lt;br /&gt;
\newblock &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{journal}{J. Sci. Commun.} &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{volume}{163}&lt;br /&gt;
  (\bibinfo{year}{2000}) &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{pages}{51--59}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
%Type = Book&lt;br /&gt;
\bibitem[{Strunk~Jr. and White(1979)}]{StrunkWhite1979}&lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{author}{W.~Strunk~Jr.}, &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{author}{E.~B. White},&lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{title}{The Elements of Style}, &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{publisher}{Macmillan},&lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{address}{New York, NY}, &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{edition}{3rd ed.} edition,&lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{year}{1979}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
%Type = Incollection&lt;br /&gt;
\bibitem[{Mettam and Adams(1999)}]{MettamAdams1999}&lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{author}{G.~R. Mettam}, &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{author}{L.~B. Adams},&lt;br /&gt;
\newblock &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{title}{How to prepare an electronic version of your article},&lt;br /&gt;
\newblock &lt;br /&gt;
  in: \bibinfo{editor}{B.~S. Jones}, &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{editor}{R.~Z. Smith} (Eds.), &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{booktitle}{Introduction to the Electronic Age},&lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{publisher}{E-Publishing Inc.}, &lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{address}{New York, NY},&lt;br /&gt;
  \bibinfo{year}{1999}, &lt;br /&gt;
  pp. \bibinfo{pages}{281--304}.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===.xml file===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;xml&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ce:bib-reference id=&amp;quot;b1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;ce:label&amp;gt;[1]&amp;lt;/ce:label&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;sb:reference&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;sb:contribution langtype=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;sb:authors&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:given-name&amp;gt;J.&amp;lt;/ce:given-name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:surname&amp;gt;van der Geer&amp;lt;/ce:surname&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:given-name&amp;gt;J.A.J.&amp;lt;/ce:given-name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:surname&amp;gt;Hanraads&amp;lt;/ce:surname&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:given-name&amp;gt;R.A.&amp;lt;/ce:given-name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:surname&amp;gt;Lupton&amp;lt;/ce:surname&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/sb:authors&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;sb:title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:maintitle&amp;gt;The art of writing a scientific &lt;br /&gt;
                          article&amp;lt;/sb:maintitle&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/sb:title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/sb:contribution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;sb:host&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;sb:issue&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:series&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;sb:title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;lt;sb:maintitle&amp;gt;J. Sci. Commun.&amp;lt;/sb:maintitle&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;/sb:title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;sb:volume-nr&amp;gt;163&amp;lt;/sb:volume-nr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:series&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:date&amp;gt;2000&amp;lt;/sb:date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/sb:issue&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;sb:pages&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:first-page&amp;gt;51&amp;lt;/sb:first-page&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:last-page&amp;gt;59&amp;lt;/sb:last-page&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/sb:pages&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/sb:host&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/sb:reference&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ce:bib-reference&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ce:bib-reference id=&amp;quot;b2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;ce:label&amp;gt;[2]&amp;lt;/ce:label&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;sb:reference&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;sb:contribution langtype=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;sb:authors&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:given-name&amp;gt;W.&amp;lt;/ce:given-name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:surname&amp;gt;Strunk&amp;lt;/ce:surname&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:suffix&amp;gt;Jr.&amp;lt;/ce:suffix&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:given-name&amp;gt;E.B.&amp;lt;/ce:given-name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:surname&amp;gt;White&amp;lt;/ce:surname&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/sb:authors&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;sb:title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:maintitle&amp;gt;The Elements of Style&amp;lt;/sb:maintitle&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/sb:title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/sb:contribution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;sb:host&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;sb:book&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:edition&amp;gt;third ed.&amp;lt;/sb:edition&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:date&amp;gt;1979&amp;lt;/sb:date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:publisher&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;sb:name&amp;gt;Macmillan&amp;lt;/sb:name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;sb:location&amp;gt;New York&amp;lt;/sb:location&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:publisher&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/sb:book&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/sb:host&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/sb:reference&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ce:bib-reference&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ce:bib-reference id=&amp;quot;b3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;ce:label&amp;gt;[3]&amp;lt;/ce:label&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;sb:reference&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;sb:contribution langtype=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;sb:authors&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:given-name&amp;gt;G.R.&amp;lt;/ce:given-name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:surname&amp;gt;Mettam&amp;lt;/ce:surname&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:given-name&amp;gt;L.B.&amp;lt;/ce:given-name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;ce:surname&amp;gt;Adams&amp;lt;/ce:surname&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:author&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/sb:authors&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;sb:title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:maintitle&amp;gt;How to prepare an electronic version &lt;br /&gt;
                          of your article&amp;lt;/sb:maintitle&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/sb:title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/sb:contribution&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;sb:host&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;sb:edited-book&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:editors&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;sb:editor&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;lt;ce:given-name&amp;gt;B.S.&amp;lt;/ce:given-name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;lt;ce:surname&amp;gt;Jones&amp;lt;/ce:surname&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;/sb:editor&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;sb:editor&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;lt;ce:given-name&amp;gt;R.Z.&amp;lt;/ce:given-name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;lt;ce:surname&amp;gt;Smith&amp;lt;/ce:surname&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;/sb:editor&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:editors&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;sb:maintitle&amp;gt;Introduction to the &lt;br /&gt;
                             Electronic Age&amp;lt;/sb:maintitle&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:title&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:date&amp;gt;1999&amp;lt;/sb:date&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:publisher&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;sb:name&amp;gt;E-Publishing Inc.&amp;lt;/sb:name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
               &amp;lt;sb:location&amp;gt;New York&amp;lt;/sb:location&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;/sb:publisher&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/sb:edited-book&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;sb:pages&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:first-page&amp;gt;281&amp;lt;/sb:first-page&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            &amp;lt;sb:last-page&amp;gt;304&amp;lt;/sb:last-page&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
         &amp;lt;/sb:pages&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;/sb:host&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/sb:reference&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ce:bib-reference&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=560</id>
		<title>Model-wise bibliographic style files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=560"/>
		<updated>2009-10-10T03:39:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.tug.org/tutorials/tugindia/ [LaTeX Tutorial]]  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[Elsarticle.cls|[Using elsarticle.cls]]] &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|[FAQ - elsarticle.cls]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a quick reference guide which helps authors to choose the appropriate template and bibliography style file (.bst) according to the journal specific instructions for preparing manuscripts. This guide contains the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of reference model &lt;br /&gt;
* Citation format of each model&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the template to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the bibliography style file to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Examples of bibitem listing of three major types, &#039;&#039;viz&#039;&#039;., article, book and edited book.&lt;br /&gt;
What the authors need to do is to understand the citation and bibliography patterns of a particular journal from Elsevier&#039;s author instructions page and choose the appropriate template and .bst file from the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model1-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-1-num.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing, Inc., New York, 1994, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1b - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1b-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1b-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1c - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1c-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1c-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 2 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model2-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-2-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J.A.J., Lupton, R.A., 2000. The art of writing a scientific article. J. Sci. Commun. 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr., W., White, E.B., 1979. The Elements of Style, third ed. Macmillan, New York.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G.R., Adams, L.B. , 1999. How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: Jones, B.S., Smith, R.Z. (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age. E- Publishing Inc., New York, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ...&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039; 2000;&#039;&#039;&#039;163&#039;&#039;&#039;:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk Jr W, White EB. &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039;. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 4 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model4-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-4-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E-Publishing Inc.; 1994. p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 5 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam &amp;amp;amp; Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model5-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-5-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J. A. J., &amp;amp; Lupton R. A. (2000). The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;Journal of Scientific Communications&#039;&#039;, 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk, W., Jr., &amp;amp; White, E. B. (1979). &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. (3rd ed.). New York: Macmillan, (Chapter 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G. R., &amp;amp; Adams, L. B. (1994). How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In B. S. Jones, &amp;amp; R. Z. Smith (Eds.), &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039; (pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304). New York: E-Publishing Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 6 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
``... as demonstrated.^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ... (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model6-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-6-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039;. 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk W Jr, White EB. &#039;&#039;The Elements of Style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, eds. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the Electronic Age&#039;&#039;. New York, NY: E- Publishing Inc; 1999:281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=559</id>
		<title>Model-wise bibliographic style files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=559"/>
		<updated>2009-10-10T03:37:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.tug.org/tutorials/tugindia/ [LaTeX Tutorial]]  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[Elsarticle.cls|[Using elsarticle.cls]]] &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|[FAQ - elsarticle.cls]]]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a quick reference guide which helps authors to choose the appropriate template and bibliography style file (.bst) according to the journal specific instructions for preparing manuscripts. This guide contains the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of reference model &lt;br /&gt;
* Citation format of each model&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the template to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the bibliography style file to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Examples of bibitem listing of three major types, &#039;&#039;viz&#039;&#039;., article, book and edited book.&lt;br /&gt;
What the authors need to do is to understand the citation and bibliography patterns of a particular journal from Elsevier&#039;s author instructions page and choose the appropriate template and .bst file from the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model1-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-1-num.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing, Inc., New York, 1994, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1b - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1b-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1b-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1c - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1c-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1c-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 2 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model2-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-2-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J.A.J., Lupton, R.A., 2000. The art of writing a scientific article. J. Sci. Commun. 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr., W., White, E.B., 1979. The Elements of Style, third ed. Macmillan, New York.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G.R., Adams, L.B. , 1999. How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: Jones, B.S., Smith, R.Z. (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age. E- Publishing Inc., New York, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ...&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039; 2000;&#039;&#039;&#039;163&#039;&#039;&#039;:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk Jr W, White EB. &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039;. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 4 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model4-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-4-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E-Publishing Inc.; 1994. p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 5 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam &amp;amp;amp; Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model5-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-5-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J. A. J., &amp;amp; Lupton R. A. (2000). The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;Journal of Scientific Communications&#039;&#039;, 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk, W., Jr., &amp;amp; White, E. B. (1979). &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. (3rd ed.). New York: Macmillan, (Chapter 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G. R., &amp;amp; Adams, L. B. (1994). How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In B. S. Jones, &amp;amp; R. Z. Smith (Eds.), &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039; (pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304). New York: E-Publishing Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 6 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
``... as demonstrated.^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ... (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model6-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-6-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039;. 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk W Jr, White EB. &#039;&#039;The Elements of Style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, eds. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the Electronic Age&#039;&#039;. New York, NY: E- Publishing Inc; 1999:281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=558</id>
		<title>Model-wise bibliographic style files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=558"/>
		<updated>2009-10-10T03:35:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.tug.org/tutorials/tugindia/ [LaTeX Tutorial]]  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[Elsarticle.cls|[Using elsarticle.cls]]] &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|[FAQ - elsarticle.cls]]]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a quick reference guide which helps authors to choose the appropriate template and bibliography style file (.bst) according to the journal specific instructions for preparing manuscripts. This guide contains the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of reference model &lt;br /&gt;
* Citation format of each model&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the template to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the bibliography style file to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Examples of bibitem listing of three major types, &#039;&#039;viz&#039;&#039;., article, book and edited book.&lt;br /&gt;
What the authors need to do is to understand the citation and bibliography patterns of a particular journal from Elsevier&#039;s author instructions page and choose the appropriate template and .bst file from the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model1-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-1-num.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing, Inc., New York, 1994, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1b - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1b-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1b-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1c - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1c-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1c-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 2 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model2-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-2-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J.A.J., Lupton, R.A., 2000. The art of writing a scientific article. J. Sci. Commun. 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr., W., White, E.B., 1979. The Elements of Style, third ed. Macmillan, New York.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G.R., Adams, L.B. , 1999. How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: Jones, B.S., Smith, R.Z. (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age. E- Publishing Inc., New York, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ...&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039; 2000;&#039;&#039;&#039;163&#039;&#039;&#039;:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk Jr W, White EB. &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039;. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 4 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model4-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-4-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E-Publishing Inc.; 1994. p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 5 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam &amp;amp;amp; Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model5-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-5-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J. A. J., &amp;amp; Lupton R. A. (2000). The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;Journal of Scientific Communications&#039;&#039;, 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk, W., Jr., &amp;amp; White, E. B. (1979). &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. (3rd ed.). New York: Macmillan, (Chapter 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G. R., &amp;amp; Adams, L. B. (1994). How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In B. S. Jones, &amp;amp; R. Z. Smith (Eds.), &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039; (pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304). New York: E-Publishing Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 6 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
``... as demonstrated.^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ... (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model6-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-6-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039;. 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk W Jr, White EB. &#039;&#039;The Elements of Style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, eds. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the Electronic Age&#039;&#039;. New York, NY: E- Publishing Inc; 1999:281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=557</id>
		<title>Model-wise bibliographic style files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=557"/>
		<updated>2009-10-10T03:34:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Model 1 - Numbered */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.tug.org/tutorials/tugindia/ [LaTeX Tutorial]]  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[Elsarticle.cls|[Using elsarticle.cls]]] &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|[FAQ - elsarticle.cls]]]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a quick reference guide which helps authors to choose the appropriate template and bibliography style file (.bst) according to the journal specific instructions for preparing manuscripts. This guide contains the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of reference model &lt;br /&gt;
* Citation format of each model&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the template to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the bibliography style file to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Examples of bibitem listing of three major types, &#039;&#039;viz&#039;&#039;., article, book and edited book.&lt;br /&gt;
What the authors need to do is to understand the citation and bibliography patterns of a particular journal from Elsevier&#039;s author instructions page and choose the appropriate template and .bst file from the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;model1-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-template-1-num.tex&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing, Inc., New York, 1994, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1b - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1b-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1b-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1c - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1c-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1c-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 2 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model2-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-2-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J.A.J., Lupton, R.A., 2000. The art of writing a scientific article. J. Sci. Commun. 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr., W., White, E.B., 1979. The Elements of Style, third ed. Macmillan, New York.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G.R., Adams, L.B. , 1999. How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: Jones, B.S., Smith, R.Z. (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age. E- Publishing Inc., New York, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ...&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039; 2000;&#039;&#039;&#039;163&#039;&#039;&#039;:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk Jr W, White EB. &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039;. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 4 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model4-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-4-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E-Publishing Inc.; 1994. p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 5 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam &amp;amp;amp; Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model5-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-5-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J. A. J., &amp;amp; Lupton R. A. (2000). The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;Journal of Scientific Communications&#039;&#039;, 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk, W., Jr., &amp;amp; White, E. B. (1979). &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. (3rd ed.). New York: Macmillan, (Chapter 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G. R., &amp;amp; Adams, L. B. (1994). How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In B. S. Jones, &amp;amp; R. Z. Smith (Eds.), &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039; (pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304). New York: E-Publishing Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 6 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
``... as demonstrated.^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ... (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model6-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-6-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039;. 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk W Jr, White EB. &#039;&#039;The Elements of Style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, eds. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the Electronic Age&#039;&#039;. New York, NY: E- Publishing Inc; 1999:281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=556</id>
		<title>Model-wise bibliographic style files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=556"/>
		<updated>2009-10-10T03:33:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.tug.org/tutorials/tugindia/ [LaTeX Tutorial]]  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[Elsarticle.cls|[Using elsarticle.cls]]] &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|[FAQ - elsarticle.cls]]]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a quick reference guide which helps authors to choose the appropriate template and bibliography style file (.bst) according to the journal specific instructions for preparing manuscripts. This guide contains the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of reference model &lt;br /&gt;
* Citation format of each model&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the template to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the bibliography style file to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Examples of bibitem listing of three major types, &#039;&#039;viz&#039;&#039;., article, book and edited book.&lt;br /&gt;
What the authors need to do is to understand the citation and bibliography patterns of a particular journal from Elsevier&#039;s author instructions page and choose the appropriate template and .bst file from the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing, Inc., New York, 1994, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1b - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1b-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1b-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1c - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1c-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1c-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 2 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model2-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-2-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J.A.J., Lupton, R.A., 2000. The art of writing a scientific article. J. Sci. Commun. 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr., W., White, E.B., 1979. The Elements of Style, third ed. Macmillan, New York.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G.R., Adams, L.B. , 1999. How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: Jones, B.S., Smith, R.Z. (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age. E- Publishing Inc., New York, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ...&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039; 2000;&#039;&#039;&#039;163&#039;&#039;&#039;:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk Jr W, White EB. &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039;. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 4 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model4-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-4-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E-Publishing Inc.; 1994. p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 5 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam &amp;amp;amp; Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model5-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-5-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J. A. J., &amp;amp; Lupton R. A. (2000). The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;Journal of Scientific Communications&#039;&#039;, 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk, W., Jr., &amp;amp; White, E. B. (1979). &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. (3rd ed.). New York: Macmillan, (Chapter 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G. R., &amp;amp; Adams, L. B. (1994). How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In B. S. Jones, &amp;amp; R. Z. Smith (Eds.), &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039; (pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304). New York: E-Publishing Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 6 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
``... as demonstrated.^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ... (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model6-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-6-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039;. 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk W Jr, White EB. &#039;&#039;The Elements of Style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, eds. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the Electronic Age&#039;&#039;. New York, NY: E- Publishing Inc; 1999:281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=555</id>
		<title>Model-wise bibliographic style files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=555"/>
		<updated>2009-10-10T03:32:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.tug.org/tutorials/tugindia/ [LaTeX Tutorial]]  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[Elsarticle.cls|[Using elsarticle.cls]]] &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|[FAQ - elsarticle.cls]]]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a quick reference guide which helps authors to choose the appropriate template and bibliography style file (.bst) according to the journal specific instructions for preparing manuscripts. This guide contains the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of reference model &lt;br /&gt;
* Citation format of each model&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the template to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the bibliography style file to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Examples of bibitem listing of three major types, &#039;&#039;&#039;viz&#039;&#039;&#039;., article, book and edited book.&lt;br /&gt;
What the authors need to do is to understand the citation and bibliography patterns of a particular journal from Elsevier&#039;s author instructions page and choose the appropriate template and .bst file from the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing, Inc., New York, 1994, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1b - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1b-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1b-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1c - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1c-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1c-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 2 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model2-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-2-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J.A.J., Lupton, R.A., 2000. The art of writing a scientific article. J. Sci. Commun. 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr., W., White, E.B., 1979. The Elements of Style, third ed. Macmillan, New York.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G.R., Adams, L.B. , 1999. How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: Jones, B.S., Smith, R.Z. (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age. E- Publishing Inc., New York, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ...&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039; 2000;&#039;&#039;&#039;163&#039;&#039;&#039;:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk Jr W, White EB. &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039;. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 4 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model4-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-4-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E-Publishing Inc.; 1994. p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 5 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam &amp;amp;amp; Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model5-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-5-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J. A. J., &amp;amp; Lupton R. A. (2000). The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;Journal of Scientific Communications&#039;&#039;, 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk, W., Jr., &amp;amp; White, E. B. (1979). &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. (3rd ed.). New York: Macmillan, (Chapter 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G. R., &amp;amp; Adams, L. B. (1994). How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In B. S. Jones, &amp;amp; R. Z. Smith (Eds.), &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039; (pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304). New York: E-Publishing Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 6 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
``... as demonstrated.^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ... (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model6-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-6-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039;. 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk W Jr, White EB. &#039;&#039;The Elements of Style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, eds. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the Electronic Age&#039;&#039;. New York, NY: E- Publishing Inc; 1999:281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=554</id>
		<title>Model-wise bibliographic style files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=554"/>
		<updated>2009-10-10T03:30:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.tug.org/tutorials/tugindia/ [LaTeX Tutorial]]  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[Elsarticle.cls|[Using elsarticle.cls]]] &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|[FAQ - elsarticle.cls]]]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a quick reference guide which helps authors to choose the appropriate template and bibliography style file (.bst) according to the journal specific instructions for preparing manuscripts. This guide contains the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of reference model &lt;br /&gt;
* Citation format of each model&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the template to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the bibliography style file to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Examples for bibliography listing of three major categories of publications, &#039;&#039;&#039;viz&#039;&#039;&#039;., article, book and proceedings.&lt;br /&gt;
What the authors need to do is to understand the citation and bibliography patterns of a particular journal from Elsevier&#039;s author instructions page and choose the appropriate template and .bst file from the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing, Inc., New York, 1994, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1b - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1b-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1b-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1c - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1c-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1c-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 2 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model2-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-2-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J.A.J., Lupton, R.A., 2000. The art of writing a scientific article. J. Sci. Commun. 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr., W., White, E.B., 1979. The Elements of Style, third ed. Macmillan, New York.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G.R., Adams, L.B. , 1999. How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: Jones, B.S., Smith, R.Z. (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age. E- Publishing Inc., New York, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ...&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039; 2000;&#039;&#039;&#039;163&#039;&#039;&#039;:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk Jr W, White EB. &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039;. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 4 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model4-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-4-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E-Publishing Inc.; 1994. p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 5 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam &amp;amp;amp; Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model5-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-5-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J. A. J., &amp;amp; Lupton R. A. (2000). The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;Journal of Scientific Communications&#039;&#039;, 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk, W., Jr., &amp;amp; White, E. B. (1979). &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. (3rd ed.). New York: Macmillan, (Chapter 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G. R., &amp;amp; Adams, L. B. (1994). How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In B. S. Jones, &amp;amp; R. Z. Smith (Eds.), &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039; (pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304). New York: E-Publishing Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 6 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
``... as demonstrated.^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ... (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model6-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-6-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039;. 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk W Jr, White EB. &#039;&#039;The Elements of Style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, eds. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the Electronic Age&#039;&#039;. New York, NY: E- Publishing Inc; 1999:281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=553</id>
		<title>Model-wise bibliographic style files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Model-wise_bibliographic_style_files&amp;diff=553"/>
		<updated>2009-10-10T03:25:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://www.tug.org/tutorials/tugindia/ [LaTeX Tutorial]]  &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[Elsarticle.cls|[Using elsarticle.cls]]] &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; [[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|[FAQ - elsarticle.cls]]]&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a quick reference guide which helps authors to choose the appropriate template and bibliography style file (.bst) according to the journal specific instructions for preparing manuscripts. This guide contains the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of reference model &lt;br /&gt;
* Citation format of each model&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the template to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the bibliography style file to be used&lt;br /&gt;
* Examples for setting the reference of three major categories of publications&lt;br /&gt;
What the authors need to do is to understand the citation and bibliography patterns of a particular journal from Elsevier&#039;s author instructions page and choose the appropriate template and .bst file from the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing, Inc., New York, 1994, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1b - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1b-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1b-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, The art of writing a scientific article, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 1c - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model1c-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-1c-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] J. van der Geer, J.A.J. Hanraads, R.A. Lupton, J. Sci. Commun. 163 (2000) 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] W. Strunk Jr., E.B. White, The Elements of Style, third ed., Macmillan, New York, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] G.R. Mettam, L.B. Adams, in: B.S. Jones, R.Z. Smith (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age, E-Publishing Inc., New York, 1999, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 2 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model2-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-2-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J.A.J., Lupton, R.A., 2000. The art of writing a scientific article. J. Sci. Commun. 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr., W., White, E.B., 1979. The Elements of Style, third ed. Macmillan, New York.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G.R., Adams, L.B. , 1999. How to prepare an electronic version of your article, in: Jones, B.S., Smith, R.Z. (Eds.), Introduction to the Electronic Age. E- Publishing Inc., New York, pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated [1,2]. Mettam and Adams [3] obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 3a - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ...&amp;quot; (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model3a-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-3a-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039; 2000;&#039;&#039;&#039;163&#039;&#039;&#039;:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk Jr W, White EB. &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039;. New York: E- Publishing Inc; 1999, p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 4 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam and Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model4-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-4-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to shorten the lastpage and remove dots from firstname. If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. J Sci Commun 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk Jr W, White EB. The elements of style. 3rd ed. New York: Macmillan, 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, editors. Introduction to the electronic age. New York: E-Publishing Inc.; 1994. p. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 5 - Name &amp;amp;amp; year&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;... as demonstrated (Van der Geer, 2000). Mettam &amp;amp;amp; Adams (1999) obtained a different result ...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model5-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-5-harv.tex&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van der Geer, J., Hanraads, J. A. J., &amp;amp; Lupton R. A. (2000). The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;Journal of Scientific Communications&#039;&#039;, 163, 51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strunk, W., Jr., &amp;amp; White, E. B. (1979). &#039;&#039;The elements of style&#039;&#039;. (3rd ed.). New York: Macmillan, (Chapter 4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mettam, G. R., &amp;amp; Adams, L. B. (1994). How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In B. S. Jones, &amp;amp; R. Z. Smith (Eds.), &#039;&#039;Introduction to the electronic age&#039;&#039; (pp. 281&amp;amp;ndash;304). New York: E-Publishing Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;DarkGreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Model 6 - Numbered&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;====&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
;Citation:&lt;br /&gt;
``... as demonstrated.^1,2. Mettam and Adams^3 obtained a different result ... (&#039;&#039;&#039;indicate reference numbers by superscripts&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Bib style file: model6-num-names.bst&lt;br /&gt;
;Template: elsarticle-template-6-num.tex&lt;br /&gt;
;Note: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;numcompress.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has been loaded in the template with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nodots,nocompress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; options to remove dots from firstname and not to shorten the lastpage (default is shorten the lastpage). If you are not using the above template file which we provide, then you have to load the package in the following format:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \usepackage[nodots,nocompress]{numcompress}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a journal publication:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Van der Geer J, Hanraads JAJ, Lupton RA. The art of writing a scientific article. &#039;&#039;J Sci Commun&#039;&#039;. 2000;163:51&amp;amp;ndash;59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Strunk W Jr, White EB. &#039;&#039;The Elements of Style&#039;&#039;. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Macmillan; 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;Olive&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Reference to a chapter in an edited book:&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mettam GR, Adams LB. How to prepare an electronic version of your article. In: Jones BS, Smith RZ, eds. &#039;&#039;Introduction to the Electronic Age&#039;&#039;. New York, NY: E- Publishing Inc; 1999:281&amp;amp;ndash;304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=476</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=476"/>
		<updated>2009-06-30T06:27:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Support at River Valley */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|FAQ - &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]] &lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]] [Not completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long.]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open Source tools to annotate PDFs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on TeX Live setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on MacBook Pro Unibody]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Generating PDF/A compliant PDFs from pdftex]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using TrueType fonts with pdfTeX]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=475</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=475"/>
		<updated>2009-06-30T06:26:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Support at River Valley */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[FAQ - elsarticle.cls|FAQ - &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]] &lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]]&lt;br /&gt;
Not completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open Source tools to annotate PDFs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on TeX Live setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes on MacBook Pro Unibody]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Generating PDF/A compliant PDFs from pdftex]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using TrueType fonts with pdfTeX]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Elsarticle.cls&amp;diff=394</id>
		<title>Elsarticle.cls</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Elsarticle.cls&amp;diff=394"/>
		<updated>2009-06-17T08:32:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Cross-references */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is a thoroughly  rewritten document class&lt;br /&gt;
for formatting LaTeX submissions to Elsevier journals.&lt;br /&gt;
The class uses the environments and commands defined in LaTeX kernel&lt;br /&gt;
without change to the signature so that clashes with other&lt;br /&gt;
contributed LaTeX packages like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hyperref.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;preview-latex.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, etc., will be minimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is primarily built upon the default&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;article.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  The class depends on the following packages&lt;br /&gt;
for its proper functionality:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;pifont.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for openstar in the title footnotes.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for citation processing.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;geometry.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for margin settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fleqn.clo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for left aligned equations.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;graphicx.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for graphics inclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;txfonts.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; optional font package, if document is to  be formatted with Times and compatible math fonts.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hyperref.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; optional packages if hyper linking is required in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the above packages are part of any standard LaTeX installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the users need not be bothered about downloading any&lt;br /&gt;
extra packages.  Further, users are free to make use of AMS&lt;br /&gt;
math packages like, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsmath.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsthm.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amssymb.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsfonts.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, etc., if they want.  All&lt;br /&gt;
these packages work in tandem with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; without&lt;br /&gt;
any problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Major Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following are the major differences between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and its predecesor package, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsart.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is built upon &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;article.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; while &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsart.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is not. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsart.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; redefines many of the commands in the LaTeX classes/kernel, which can possibly cause surprising clashes with other contributed LaTeX packages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Provides preprint document formatting by default, and optionally formats the document as per the final style of models &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1+&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;3+&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;5+&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; of Elsevier journals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some easier hooks for formatting &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;list&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;theorem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; environments are provided while people can still use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsthm.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the main citation processing package which can comprehensively handle all kinds of citations and works perfectly with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hyperref.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in combination with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hypernat.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Long title pages are processed correctly in preprint and final formats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The package is available at [http://www.elsevier.com/locate/latex author resources page at Elsevier Science].&lt;br /&gt;
It can also be found in any of the nodes of the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN), one of the primary nodes being [http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/elsevier/ http://www.ctan.org]. Please grab the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.dtx&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is the composite class with documentation and  &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.ins&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is the LaTeX installer file. When we compile the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.ins&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; with LaTeX it provides the class file, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; by stripping off all the documentation from the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.dtx&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. The class may be moved or copied to a place, usually, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;$TEXMF/tex/latex/elsevier/&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or a folder which will be read by LaTeX during document compilation.  The TeX file database needs updation after moving/copying class file.  Usually, we use commands like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mktexlsr&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;texhash&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; depending upon the distribution and operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Usage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The class should be loaded with the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \documentclass[&amp;lt;options&amp;gt;]{elsarticle}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;options&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;preprint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: default options which formats the document for submission to Elsevier journals.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;review&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: similar to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;preprint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option, but increases the baselineskip to facilitate easier review process.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: formats to the look and feel of the final format of model 1+ journals. This is always single column style.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;3p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: formats to the look and feel of the final format of model 3+ journals. If the journal is a two column model use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;twocolumn&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option in combination.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;5p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: formats for model 5+ journals. This is always two column style.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;authoryear&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: author-year citation style of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If you want to add extra options of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, you may use the options as a comma delimited strings as argument to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\biboptions&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command. An example would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \biboptions{longnamesfirst,angle,semicolon}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;number&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: numbered citation style. Extra options can be loaded with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\biboptions&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sort&amp;amp;compress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: sorts and compresses the numbered citations. Example, citation [1,2,3] will become [1-3].&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;longtitle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: if front matter is unusually long, use this option to split the title page across pages with correct 	placing of title and author footnotes in the first page.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;times&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: loads &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;txfonts.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if available in   the system to use Times and compatible math fonts.&lt;br /&gt;
* All options of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;article.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used with this   document class.&lt;br /&gt;
* The default options loaded are &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;a4paper&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;10pt&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;oneside&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;onecolumn&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;preprint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Front matter==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of front matter coding &amp;amp;mdash; (1) each author is connected to an affiliation with a footnote marker; hence all&lt;br /&gt;
authors are grouped together and affiliations follow;  (2) authors&lt;br /&gt;
of same affiliations are grouped together and the relevant&lt;br /&gt;
affiliation follows this group. An example coding of the first&lt;br /&gt;
type is provided below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{frontmatter}&lt;br /&gt;
 \title{This is a specimen title\tnoteref{t1,t2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[t1]{This document is a collaborative effort.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[t2]{The second title footnote which is a longer &lt;br /&gt;
    longer than the first one and with an intention to fill&lt;br /&gt;
    in up more than one line while formatting.} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \author[rvt]{C.V.~Radhakrishnan\corref{cor1}\fnref{fn1}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{cvr@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \author[rvt,focal]{K.~Bazargan\fnref{fn2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{kaveh@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \author[els]{S.~Pepping\corref{cor2}\fnref{fn1,fn3}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead[url]{http://www.elsevier.com}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[cor1]{Corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[cor2]{Principal corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn1]{This is the specimen author footnote.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn2]{Another author footnote, but a little more longer.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn3]{Yet another author footnote. Indeed, you can have&lt;br /&gt;
    any number of author footnotes.}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[rvt]{River Valley Technologies, SJP Building,&lt;br /&gt;
    Cotton Hills, Trivandrum, Kerala, India 695014}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[focal]{River Valley Technologies, 9, Browns Court,&lt;br /&gt;
    Kennford, Exeter, United Kingdom}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[els]{Central Application Management,&lt;br /&gt;
    Elsevier, Radarweg 29, 1043 NX\\&lt;br /&gt;
    Amsterdam, Netherlands}&lt;br /&gt;
. . .&lt;br /&gt;
. . .&lt;br /&gt;
\end{frontmatter}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output of the above TeX sources will look like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--div style=&amp;quot;border: 1px dotted black; background-color: #ccc; padding: 4px; margin: 12px; width: 100%; float: left&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;portlet&amp;quot;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--/div--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the commands like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\title&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\author&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\address&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; are self explanatory. Various components are linked each other by a &lt;br /&gt;
label–reference mechanism, for instance, title footnote is linked to the title with a footnote mark generated by referring to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\label&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; string of the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\tnotetext&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. We have used similar commands like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\tnoteref&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (to link title note to title); &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\corref&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (to link corresponding author text to corresponding author); &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\fnref&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (to link footnote text to the relevant author names). TeX needs two compilations to resolve the footnote marks in the preamble part. Given below are the syntax of various note marks and note texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnoteref{&amp;lt;label(s)&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
 \corref{&amp;lt;label(s)&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fnref{&amp;lt;label(s)&amp;gt;}                                                                                 &lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;title note text&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;corresponding author note text&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;author footnote text&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;label(s)&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be either one or more comma delimited&lt;br /&gt;
label strings. The optional arguments to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\author&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
command holds the ref label(s) of the address(es) to which the author&lt;br /&gt;
is affiliated while each &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\address&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command can have an&lt;br /&gt;
optional argument of a label. In the same manner,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\tnotetext&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\fntext&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\cortext&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
will have optional arguments as their respective labels and note text&lt;br /&gt;
as their mandatory argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following example code provides the markup of the second type of&lt;br /&gt;
author-affiliation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\author{C.V.~Radhakrishnan\corref{cor1}\fnref{fn1}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{cvr@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address{River Valley Technologies, SJP Building,&lt;br /&gt;
    Cotton Hills, Trivandrum, Kerala, India 695014}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\author{K.~Bazargan\fnref{fn2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{kaveh@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address{River Valley Technologies, 9, Browns Court, Kennford,&lt;br /&gt;
    Exeter, United Kingdom}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\author{S.~Pepping\fnref{fn1,fn3}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead[url]{http://www.elsevier.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address{Central Application Management,&lt;br /&gt;
    Elsevier, Radarweg 43, 1043 NX Amsterdam, Netherlands}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\cortext[cor1]{Corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
\fntext[fn1]{This is the first author footnote.}&lt;br /&gt;
\fntext[fn2]{Another author footnote, this is a very long footnote and&lt;br /&gt;
   it should be a really long footnote. But this footnote is not yet&lt;br /&gt;
   sufficiently long enough to make two lines of footnote text.}&lt;br /&gt;
\fntext[fn3]{Yet another author footnote.}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Output of the above TeX sources will look like the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--div style=&amp;quot;border: 1px dotted black; background-color: #ccc; padding: 4px; margin: 12px; width: 100%; float: left&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;portlet&amp;quot;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--/div--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The front matter part has further environments like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{abstract} . . . \end{abstract}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{keyword} ... \end{keyword}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which contain the abstract and keywords respectively. Keywords can be marked up in the following&lt;br /&gt;
manner:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{keyword}&lt;br /&gt;
  quadruple exiton \sep polariton \sep WGM&lt;br /&gt;
  \PACS 71.35.-y \sep 71.35.Lk \sep 71.36.+c&lt;br /&gt;
\end{keyword}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Each keyword shall be separated by &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\sep&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command. PACS and MSC classifications shall be provided in the keyword environment with the commands &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\PACS&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\MSC&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; respectively. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\MSC&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; accepts an optional argument to accommodate future revisions. eg., &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\MSC[2008]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The default is 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Specimen of a title page coding===&lt;br /&gt;
Following is the specimen of a title page coding.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\documentclass[preprint,1p,12pt]{elsarticle}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\journal{Nuclear Physics B}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{document}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{frontmatter}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\title{This is a specimen title\tnoteref{t1,t2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[t1]{This document is a collaborative effort.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[t2]{The second title footnote which is a longer &lt;br /&gt;
    longer than the first one and with an intention to fill&lt;br /&gt;
    in up more than one line while formatting.} &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 \author[rvt]{C.V.~Radhakrishnan\corref{cor1}\fnref{fn1}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{cvr@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 \author[rvt,focal]{K.~Bazargan\fnref{fn2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{kaveh@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 \author[els]{S.~Pepping\corref{cor2}\fnref{fn1,fn3}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead[url]{http://www.elsevier.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[cor1]{Corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[cor2]{Principal corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn1]{This is the specimen author footnote.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn2]{Another author footnote, but a little more longer.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn3]{Yet another author footnote. Indeed, you can have&lt;br /&gt;
    any number of author footnotes.}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 \address[rvt]{River Valley Technologies, SJP Building,&lt;br /&gt;
    Cotton Hills, Trivandrum, Kerala, India 695014}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[focal]{River Valley Technologies, 9, Browns Court,&lt;br /&gt;
    Kennford, Exeter, United Kingdom}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[els]{Central Application Management,&lt;br /&gt;
    Elsevier, Radarweg 29, 1043 NX\\&lt;br /&gt;
    Amsterdam, Netherlands}&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{abstract}&lt;br /&gt;
In this work we demonstrate the formation of a new type of polariton on&lt;br /&gt;
the interface between a cuprous oxide slab and a polystyrene&lt;br /&gt;
micro-sphere placed on the slab. .....&lt;br /&gt;
\end{abstract}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{keyword}&lt;br /&gt;
  quadruple exiton \sep polariton \sep WGM&lt;br /&gt;
  \PACS 71.35.-y \sep 71.35.Lk \sep 71.36.+c&lt;br /&gt;
\end{keyword}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\end{frontmatter}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\section{Introduction}\label{sec1}&lt;br /&gt;
Although quadrupole excitons (QE) in cuprous oxide crystals are good&lt;br /&gt;
candidates for BEC ......&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Floats==&lt;br /&gt;
Figures may be included using the command, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\includegraphics&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in combination with or without its several options to further control the graphic. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\includegraphics&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is provided by &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;graphic[s,x].sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is part of any standard LaTeX distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;graphicx.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is loaded by default. LaTeX accepts figures in postscript format while pdfLaTeX accepts &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.pdf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.mps&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (metapost), &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.jpg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.png&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; formats. pdfLaTeX does not accept graphic files in postscript format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table environment is handy for marking up tabular material. If users want to use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;multirow.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;array.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, etc., to fine control/enhance the tables, they are welcome to load any package of their choice and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will work in combination with all loaded packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Theorem and theorem like environments==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; provides a few hooks to format theorems and theorem like environments with ease. In all commands the options that are used with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newtheorem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command will work exactly in the same manner. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; provides three commands to format theorem or theorem like environments:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}&lt;br /&gt;
\newtheorem{lem}[thm]{Lemma}&lt;br /&gt;
\newdefinition{rmk}{Remark}&lt;br /&gt;
\newproof{pf}{Proof}&lt;br /&gt;
\newproof{pot}{Proof of Theorem \ref{thm2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newtheorem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command formats a theorem in LaTeX&#039;s default style with italicized font, bold font for theorem heading, theorem number at the right hand side of the theorem heading. It also optionally accepts an argument which will be printed as an extra heading in parentheses. The following text will show you how some text enclosed between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{thm} . . . \end{thm}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will look like. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newdefinition&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command is same in all respects as its &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newtheorem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; counterpart except that the font shape is roman instead of italic. Both &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newdefinition&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newtheorem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; commands automatically defines counters for the environments defined. See the output of of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{rmk} . . . \end{rmk}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is given below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newproof&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command is for defining proof environments with upright font shape. No counters are defined. See the output of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{pot} . . . \end{pot}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is given below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users can also make use of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsthm.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which will override all the default definitions described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enumerated and Itemized Lists==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; provides an extended list processing macros which makes the usage a bit more user friendly than the default LaTeX list macros. With an optional argument to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{enumerate}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command, you can change the list counter type and its attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{enumerate}[1.]&lt;br /&gt;
\item The enumerate environment starts with an optional argument `1.&#039; so that the item counter will be suffixed  by a period.&lt;br /&gt;
\item If you provide a closing parenthesis to the number in the  optional argument, the output will have closing parenthesis for all the item counters.&lt;br /&gt;
\item You can use `(a)&#039; for alphabetical counter and &#039;(i)&#039; for  roman counter.&lt;br /&gt;
 \begin{enumerate}[a)]&lt;br /&gt;
  \item Another level of list with alphabetical counter.&lt;br /&gt;
  \item One more item before we start another.&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{enumerate}[(i)]&lt;br /&gt;
   \item This item has roman numeral counter.&lt;br /&gt;
   \item Another one before we close the third level.&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
  \item Third item in second level.&lt;br /&gt;
 \end{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
\item All list items conclude with this step.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The typeset copy of the above source code is given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further, the enhanced list environment allows one to prefix a string like `step&#039; to all the item numbers. Take a look at the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{enumerate}[Step 1.]&lt;br /&gt;
 \item This is the first step of the example list.&lt;br /&gt;
 \item Obviously this is the second step.&lt;br /&gt;
 \item The final step to wind up this example.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The typeset copy of the above source code is given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cross-references==&lt;br /&gt;
In electronic publications articles may be internally hyperlinked. Hyperlinks are generated from proper cross-references in the article. For example, the words&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Fig. 1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will never be more than simple text, whereas the proper cross-reference &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\ref{tiger}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; may be turned into a hyperlink to the figure itself: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Fig. 1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. In the same way, the words &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ref. [1]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will fail to turn into a hyperlink; the proper cross-reference is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\cite{Knuth96}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Cross-referencing is possible in LaTeX for sections, subsections, formulae, figures, tables, and literature references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mathematical symbols and formulae==&lt;br /&gt;
Many physical/mathematical sciences authors require more mathematical symbols than the few that are provided in standard LaTeX. A useful package for &lt;br /&gt;
additional symbols is the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amssymb&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package, developed by the American Mathematical Society. This package includes such oft used symbols as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\lesssim&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for ******, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\gtrsim&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for *****  or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\hbar&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for *****. Note that your TeX system should have the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;msam&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;msbm&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; fonts installed. If you need only a few symbols, such as \Box for *****, you might try the package &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;latexsym&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another point which would require authors&#039; attention is the breaking of longer equations. When you use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for formatting your submissions in preprint mode, the document is formatted in single column style with a text width of 384pt or 5.3in. When this document is formatted for final print and if the journal happens to be a double column journal, the text width will be reduced to 224pt at for 3+ double column and 5+ journals respectively. All the nifty fine tuning in equation breaking done by the author goes to waste in such cases. Therefore, authors are requested to check this problem by typesetting their submissions in final format as well just to see if their equations are broken at appropriate places, by changing appropriate options in the document class loading command, which is explained in section 4, Usage. This allows authors to fix any equation breaking problem before submission for publication. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; supports formatting the author submission in different types of final format. This is further discussed in section 12, Final print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bibliography==&lt;br /&gt;
Three bibliographic style files (*.bst) are provided -- &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-num.bst&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and elsarticle-harv.bst -- the first one for numbered scheme, the second for numbered with new options of natbib.sty and the last one for author year scheme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In LaTeX literature references are listed in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;thebibliography&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; environment. Each reference is a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\bibitem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;; each &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\bibitem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is identified by a label, by which it can be cited in the text: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\bibitem[Elson et al.(1996)]{ESG96}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is cited as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citet{ESG96}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. In connection with cross-referencing and possible future hyperlinking it is not a good idea to collect more than one literature item in one &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\bibitem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The so-called Harvard or author-year style of referencing is enabled by the LaTeX package &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. With this package the literature can be cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* Parenthetical: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citep{WB96}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; produces (Wettig &amp;amp; Brown, 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
* Textual: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citet{ESG96}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; produces Elson et al. (1996).&lt;br /&gt;
* An affix and part of a reference: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citep[e.g.][Ch. 2]{Gea97}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; produces (e.g. Governato et al., 1997, Ch. 2).&lt;br /&gt;
In the numbered scheme of citation, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\cite{&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is used, since &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citep&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citet&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has no relevance in numbered scheme. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package is loaded by elsarticle with numbers as default option. You can change this to author-year or harvard scheme by adding option &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;authoryear&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in the class loading command. If you want to use more options of the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package, you can do so with the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\biboptions&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command, which is described in section 4, Usage. For details of various options of the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package, please take a look at the natbib documentation, which is part of any standard LaTeX installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Final print==&lt;br /&gt;
Authors can format their submission to the page size and margins of their preferred journal. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; provides four class options for the same:&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: 1+ journals with a text area of 384pt × 562pt or 13.5cm × 19.75cm or 5.3in × 7.78in, single column style only.&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;3p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: 3+ journals with a text area of 468pt × 622pt or 16.45cm × 21.9cm or 6.5in × 8.6in, single column style.&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;3pd&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: 3+ with the same text area as above, double column style.&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;5p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: 5+ with text area of 522pt × 682pt or 18.35cm × 24cm or 7.22in × 9.45in, double column style only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following is the first page of a typical single column article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model 1+ and 3+ will have the same look and feel in the typeset copy when presented in this document. That is also the case with the double column 3+ and 5+ journal article pages. The only difference will be wider text width of higher models. Therefore we will look at the different portions of a typical single column journal page and that of a double column article in the final format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following is the first page of a typical double column article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els9.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Displayed equations and double column journals==&lt;br /&gt;
Many Elsevier journals print their text in two columns. Because the preprint layout uses a larger line width than such columns, the formulas are too wide for the line width in print. Here is an example of an equation (see equation 6) which is perfect in single column preprint format:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When this document is typeset for publication in a model 3+ journal with double columns, the equation will overlap the second column text matter if the equation is not broken at the appropriate location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The typesetter will try to break the equation which need not necessarily be to the liking of the author or as it happens, typesetter&#039;s break point may be semantically incorrect. Therefore, authors may check their submissions for the incidence of such long equations and break the equations at the correct places so that the final typeset copy will be as they wish.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Elsarticle.cls&amp;diff=393</id>
		<title>Elsarticle.cls</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Elsarticle.cls&amp;diff=393"/>
		<updated>2009-06-17T08:27:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Front matter */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is a thoroughly  rewritten document class&lt;br /&gt;
for formatting LaTeX submissions to Elsevier journals.&lt;br /&gt;
The class uses the environments and commands defined in LaTeX kernel&lt;br /&gt;
without change to the signature so that clashes with other&lt;br /&gt;
contributed LaTeX packages like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hyperref.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;preview-latex.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, etc., will be minimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is primarily built upon the default&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;article.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  The class depends on the following packages&lt;br /&gt;
for its proper functionality:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;pifont.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for openstar in the title footnotes.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for citation processing.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;geometry.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for margin settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fleqn.clo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for left aligned equations.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;graphicx.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for graphics inclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;txfonts.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; optional font package, if document is to  be formatted with Times and compatible math fonts.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hyperref.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; optional packages if hyper linking is required in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the above packages are part of any standard LaTeX installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the users need not be bothered about downloading any&lt;br /&gt;
extra packages.  Further, users are free to make use of AMS&lt;br /&gt;
math packages like, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsmath.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsthm.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amssymb.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsfonts.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, etc., if they want.  All&lt;br /&gt;
these packages work in tandem with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; without&lt;br /&gt;
any problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Major Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following are the major differences between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and its predecesor package, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsart.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is built upon &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;article.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; while &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsart.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is not. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsart.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; redefines many of the commands in the LaTeX classes/kernel, which can possibly cause surprising clashes with other contributed LaTeX packages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Provides preprint document formatting by default, and optionally formats the document as per the final style of models &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1+&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;3+&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;5+&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; of Elsevier journals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some easier hooks for formatting &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;list&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;theorem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; environments are provided while people can still use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsthm.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the main citation processing package which can comprehensively handle all kinds of citations and works perfectly with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hyperref.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in combination with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hypernat.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Long title pages are processed correctly in preprint and final formats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The package is available at [http://www.elsevier.com/locate/latex author resources page at Elsevier Science].&lt;br /&gt;
It can also be found in any of the nodes of the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN), one of the primary nodes being [http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/elsevier/ http://www.ctan.org]. Please grab the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.dtx&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is the composite class with documentation and  &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.ins&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is the LaTeX installer file. When we compile the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.ins&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; with LaTeX it provides the class file, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; by stripping off all the documentation from the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.dtx&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. The class may be moved or copied to a place, usually, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;$TEXMF/tex/latex/elsevier/&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or a folder which will be read by LaTeX during document compilation.  The TeX file database needs updation after moving/copying class file.  Usually, we use commands like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mktexlsr&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;texhash&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; depending upon the distribution and operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Usage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The class should be loaded with the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \documentclass[&amp;lt;options&amp;gt;]{elsarticle}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;options&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;preprint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: default options which formats the document for submission to Elsevier journals.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;review&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: similar to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;preprint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option, but increases the baselineskip to facilitate easier review process.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: formats to the look and feel of the final format of model 1+ journals. This is always single column style.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;3p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: formats to the look and feel of the final format of model 3+ journals. If the journal is a two column model use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;twocolumn&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option in combination.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;5p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: formats for model 5+ journals. This is always two column style.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;authoryear&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: author-year citation style of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If you want to add extra options of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, you may use the options as a comma delimited strings as argument to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\biboptions&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command. An example would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \biboptions{longnamesfirst,angle,semicolon}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;number&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: numbered citation style. Extra options can be loaded with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\biboptions&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sort&amp;amp;compress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: sorts and compresses the numbered citations. Example, citation [1,2,3] will become [1-3].&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;longtitle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: if front matter is unusually long, use this option to split the title page across pages with correct 	placing of title and author footnotes in the first page.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;times&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: loads &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;txfonts.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if available in   the system to use Times and compatible math fonts.&lt;br /&gt;
* All options of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;article.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used with this   document class.&lt;br /&gt;
* The default options loaded are &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;a4paper&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;10pt&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;oneside&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;onecolumn&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;preprint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Front matter==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of front matter coding &amp;amp;mdash; (1) each author is connected to an affiliation with a footnote marker; hence all&lt;br /&gt;
authors are grouped together and affiliations follow;  (2) authors&lt;br /&gt;
of same affiliations are grouped together and the relevant&lt;br /&gt;
affiliation follows this group. An example coding of the first&lt;br /&gt;
type is provided below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{frontmatter}&lt;br /&gt;
 \title{This is a specimen title\tnoteref{t1,t2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[t1]{This document is a collaborative effort.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[t2]{The second title footnote which is a longer &lt;br /&gt;
    longer than the first one and with an intention to fill&lt;br /&gt;
    in up more than one line while formatting.} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \author[rvt]{C.V.~Radhakrishnan\corref{cor1}\fnref{fn1}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{cvr@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \author[rvt,focal]{K.~Bazargan\fnref{fn2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{kaveh@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \author[els]{S.~Pepping\corref{cor2}\fnref{fn1,fn3}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead[url]{http://www.elsevier.com}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[cor1]{Corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[cor2]{Principal corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn1]{This is the specimen author footnote.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn2]{Another author footnote, but a little more longer.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn3]{Yet another author footnote. Indeed, you can have&lt;br /&gt;
    any number of author footnotes.}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[rvt]{River Valley Technologies, SJP Building,&lt;br /&gt;
    Cotton Hills, Trivandrum, Kerala, India 695014}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[focal]{River Valley Technologies, 9, Browns Court,&lt;br /&gt;
    Kennford, Exeter, United Kingdom}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[els]{Central Application Management,&lt;br /&gt;
    Elsevier, Radarweg 29, 1043 NX\\&lt;br /&gt;
    Amsterdam, Netherlands}&lt;br /&gt;
. . .&lt;br /&gt;
. . .&lt;br /&gt;
\end{frontmatter}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output of the above TeX sources will look like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--div style=&amp;quot;border: 1px dotted black; background-color: #ccc; padding: 4px; margin: 12px; width: 100%; float: left&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;portlet&amp;quot;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--/div--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the commands like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\title&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\author&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\address&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; are self explanatory. Various components are linked each other by a &lt;br /&gt;
label–reference mechanism, for instance, title footnote is linked to the title with a footnote mark generated by referring to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\label&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; string of the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\tnotetext&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. We have used similar commands like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\tnoteref&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (to link title note to title); &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\corref&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (to link corresponding author text to corresponding author); &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\fnref&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (to link footnote text to the relevant author names). TeX needs two compilations to resolve the footnote marks in the preamble part. Given below are the syntax of various note marks and note texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnoteref{&amp;lt;label(s)&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
 \corref{&amp;lt;label(s)&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fnref{&amp;lt;label(s)&amp;gt;}                                                                                 &lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;title note text&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;corresponding author note text&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;author footnote text&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;label(s)&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be either one or more comma delimited&lt;br /&gt;
label strings. The optional arguments to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\author&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
command holds the ref label(s) of the address(es) to which the author&lt;br /&gt;
is affiliated while each &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\address&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command can have an&lt;br /&gt;
optional argument of a label. In the same manner,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\tnotetext&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\fntext&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\cortext&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
will have optional arguments as their respective labels and note text&lt;br /&gt;
as their mandatory argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following example code provides the markup of the second type of&lt;br /&gt;
author-affiliation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\author{C.V.~Radhakrishnan\corref{cor1}\fnref{fn1}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{cvr@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address{River Valley Technologies, SJP Building,&lt;br /&gt;
    Cotton Hills, Trivandrum, Kerala, India 695014}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\author{K.~Bazargan\fnref{fn2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{kaveh@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address{River Valley Technologies, 9, Browns Court, Kennford,&lt;br /&gt;
    Exeter, United Kingdom}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\author{S.~Pepping\fnref{fn1,fn3}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead[url]{http://www.elsevier.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address{Central Application Management,&lt;br /&gt;
    Elsevier, Radarweg 43, 1043 NX Amsterdam, Netherlands}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\cortext[cor1]{Corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
\fntext[fn1]{This is the first author footnote.}&lt;br /&gt;
\fntext[fn2]{Another author footnote, this is a very long footnote and&lt;br /&gt;
   it should be a really long footnote. But this footnote is not yet&lt;br /&gt;
   sufficiently long enough to make two lines of footnote text.}&lt;br /&gt;
\fntext[fn3]{Yet another author footnote.}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Output of the above TeX sources will look like the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--div style=&amp;quot;border: 1px dotted black; background-color: #ccc; padding: 4px; margin: 12px; width: 100%; float: left&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;portlet&amp;quot;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--/div--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The front matter part has further environments like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{abstract} . . . \end{abstract}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{keyword} ... \end{keyword}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which contain the abstract and keywords respectively. Keywords can be marked up in the following&lt;br /&gt;
manner:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{keyword}&lt;br /&gt;
  quadruple exiton \sep polariton \sep WGM&lt;br /&gt;
  \PACS 71.35.-y \sep 71.35.Lk \sep 71.36.+c&lt;br /&gt;
\end{keyword}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Each keyword shall be separated by &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\sep&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command. PACS and MSC classifications shall be provided in the keyword environment with the commands &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\PACS&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\MSC&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; respectively. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\MSC&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; accepts an optional argument to accommodate future revisions. eg., &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\MSC[2008]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The default is 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Specimen of a title page coding===&lt;br /&gt;
Following is the specimen of a title page coding.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\documentclass[preprint,1p,12pt]{elsarticle}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\journal{Nuclear Physics B}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{document}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{frontmatter}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\title{This is a specimen title\tnoteref{t1,t2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[t1]{This document is a collaborative effort.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[t2]{The second title footnote which is a longer &lt;br /&gt;
    longer than the first one and with an intention to fill&lt;br /&gt;
    in up more than one line while formatting.} &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 \author[rvt]{C.V.~Radhakrishnan\corref{cor1}\fnref{fn1}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{cvr@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 \author[rvt,focal]{K.~Bazargan\fnref{fn2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{kaveh@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 \author[els]{S.~Pepping\corref{cor2}\fnref{fn1,fn3}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead[url]{http://www.elsevier.com}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[cor1]{Corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[cor2]{Principal corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn1]{This is the specimen author footnote.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn2]{Another author footnote, but a little more longer.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn3]{Yet another author footnote. Indeed, you can have&lt;br /&gt;
    any number of author footnotes.}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 \address[rvt]{River Valley Technologies, SJP Building,&lt;br /&gt;
    Cotton Hills, Trivandrum, Kerala, India 695014}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[focal]{River Valley Technologies, 9, Browns Court,&lt;br /&gt;
    Kennford, Exeter, United Kingdom}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[els]{Central Application Management,&lt;br /&gt;
    Elsevier, Radarweg 29, 1043 NX\\&lt;br /&gt;
    Amsterdam, Netherlands}&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{abstract}&lt;br /&gt;
In this work we demonstrate the formation of a new type of polariton on&lt;br /&gt;
the interface between a cuprous oxide slab and a polystyrene&lt;br /&gt;
micro-sphere placed on the slab. .....&lt;br /&gt;
\end{abstract}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{keyword}&lt;br /&gt;
  quadruple exiton \sep polariton \sep WGM&lt;br /&gt;
  \PACS 71.35.-y \sep 71.35.Lk \sep 71.36.+c&lt;br /&gt;
\end{keyword}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\end{frontmatter}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\section{Introduction}\label{sec1}&lt;br /&gt;
Although quadrupole excitons (QE) in cuprous oxide crystals are good&lt;br /&gt;
candidates for BEC ......&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Floats==&lt;br /&gt;
Figures may be included using the command, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\includegraphics&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in combination with or without its several options to further control the graphic. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\includegraphics&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is provided by &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;graphic[s,x].sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is part of any standard LaTeX distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;graphicx.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is loaded by default. LaTeX accepts figures in postscript format while pdfLaTeX accepts &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.pdf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.mps&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; (metapost), &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.jpg&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.png&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; formats. pdfLaTeX does not accept graphic files in postscript format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table environment is handy for marking up tabular material. If users want to use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;multirow.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;array.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, etc., to fine control/enhance the tables, they are welcome to load any package of their choice and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will work in combination with all loaded packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Theorem and theorem like environments==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; provides a few hooks to format theorems and theorem like environments with ease. In all commands the options that are used with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newtheorem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command will work exactly in the same manner. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; provides three commands to format theorem or theorem like environments:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}&lt;br /&gt;
\newtheorem{lem}[thm]{Lemma}&lt;br /&gt;
\newdefinition{rmk}{Remark}&lt;br /&gt;
\newproof{pf}{Proof}&lt;br /&gt;
\newproof{pot}{Proof of Theorem \ref{thm2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newtheorem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command formats a theorem in LaTeX&#039;s default style with italicized font, bold font for theorem heading, theorem number at the right hand side of the theorem heading. It also optionally accepts an argument which will be printed as an extra heading in parentheses. The following text will show you how some text enclosed between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{thm} . . . \end{thm}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will look like. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newdefinition&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command is same in all respects as its &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newtheorem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; counterpart except that the font shape is roman instead of italic. Both &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newdefinition&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newtheorem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; commands automatically defines counters for the environments defined. See the output of of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{rmk} . . . \end{rmk}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is given below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\newproof&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command is for defining proof environments with upright font shape. No counters are defined. See the output of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{pot} . . . \end{pot}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is given below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users can also make use of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsthm.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which will override all the default definitions described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enumerated and Itemized Lists==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; provides an extended list processing macros which makes the usage a bit more user friendly than the default LaTeX list macros. With an optional argument to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\begin{enumerate}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command, you can change the list counter type and its attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{enumerate}[1.]&lt;br /&gt;
\item The enumerate environment starts with an optional argument `1.&#039; so that the item counter will be suffixed  by a period.&lt;br /&gt;
\item If you provide a closing parenthesis to the number in the  optional argument, the output will have closing parenthesis for all the item counters.&lt;br /&gt;
\item You can use `(a)&#039; for alphabetical counter and &#039;(i)&#039; for  roman counter.&lt;br /&gt;
 \begin{enumerate}[a)]&lt;br /&gt;
  \item Another level of list with alphabetical counter.&lt;br /&gt;
  \item One more item before we start another.&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{enumerate}[(i)]&lt;br /&gt;
   \item This item has roman numeral counter.&lt;br /&gt;
   \item Another one before we close the third level.&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
  \item Third item in second level.&lt;br /&gt;
 \end{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
\item All list items conclude with this step.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The typeset copy of the above source code is given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further, the enhanced list environment allows one to prefix a string like `step&#039; to all the item numbers. Take a look at the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{enumerate}[Step 1.]&lt;br /&gt;
 \item This is the first step of the example list.&lt;br /&gt;
 \item Obviously this is the second step.&lt;br /&gt;
 \item The final step to wind up this example.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{enumerate}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The typeset copy of the above source code is given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cross-references==&lt;br /&gt;
In electronic publications articles may be internally hyperlinked. Hyperlinks are generated from proper cross-references in the article. For example, the words&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Fig. 1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will never be more than simple text, whereas the proper cross-reference &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\ref{tiger}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; may be turned into a hyperlink to the figure itself: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Fig. 1&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. In the same way, the words &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ref. [1]&amp;lt;code&amp;gt; will fail to turn into a hyperlink; the proper cross-reference is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\cite{Knuth96}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. Cross-referencing is possible in LaTeX for sections, subsections, formulae, figures, tables, and literature references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mathematical symbols and formulae==&lt;br /&gt;
Many physical/mathematical sciences authors require more mathematical symbols than the few that are provided in standard LaTeX. A useful package for &lt;br /&gt;
additional symbols is the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amssymb&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package, developed by the American Mathematical Society. This package includes such oft used symbols as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\lesssim&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for ******, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\gtrsim&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for *****  or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\hbar&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for *****. Note that your TeX system should have the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;msam&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;msbm&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; fonts installed. If you need only a few symbols, such as \Box for *****, you might try the package &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;latexsym&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another point which would require authors&#039; attention is the breaking of longer equations. When you use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for formatting your submissions in preprint mode, the document is formatted in single column style with a text width of 384pt or 5.3in. When this document is formatted for final print and if the journal happens to be a double column journal, the text width will be reduced to 224pt at for 3+ double column and 5+ journals respectively. All the nifty fine tuning in equation breaking done by the author goes to waste in such cases. Therefore, authors are requested to check this problem by typesetting their submissions in final format as well just to see if their equations are broken at appropriate places, by changing appropriate options in the document class loading command, which is explained in section 4, Usage. This allows authors to fix any equation breaking problem before submission for publication. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; supports formatting the author submission in different types of final format. This is further discussed in section 12, Final print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bibliography==&lt;br /&gt;
Three bibliographic style files (*.bst) are provided -- &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-num.bst&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle-num-names.bst&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and elsarticle-harv.bst -- the first one for numbered scheme, the second for numbered with new options of natbib.sty and the last one for author year scheme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In LaTeX literature references are listed in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;thebibliography&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; environment. Each reference is a &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\bibitem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;; each &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\bibitem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is identified by a label, by which it can be cited in the text: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\bibitem[Elson et al.(1996)]{ESG96}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is cited as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citet{ESG96}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. In connection with cross-referencing and possible future hyperlinking it is not a good idea to collect more than one literature item in one &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\bibitem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The so-called Harvard or author-year style of referencing is enabled by the LaTeX package &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. With this package the literature can be cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* Parenthetical: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citep{WB96}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; produces (Wettig &amp;amp; Brown, 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
* Textual: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citet{ESG96}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; produces Elson et al. (1996).&lt;br /&gt;
* An affix and part of a reference: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citep[e.g.][Ch. 2]{Gea97}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; produces (e.g. Governato et al., 1997, Ch. 2).&lt;br /&gt;
In the numbered scheme of citation, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\cite{&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is used, since &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citep&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\citet&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; has no relevance in numbered scheme. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package is loaded by elsarticle with numbers as default option. You can change this to author-year or harvard scheme by adding option &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;authoryear&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in the class loading command. If you want to use more options of the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package, you can do so with the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\biboptions&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command, which is described in section 4, Usage. For details of various options of the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package, please take a look at the natbib documentation, which is part of any standard LaTeX installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Final print==&lt;br /&gt;
Authors can format their submission to the page size and margins of their preferred journal. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; provides four class options for the same:&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: 1+ journals with a text area of 384pt × 562pt or 13.5cm × 19.75cm or 5.3in × 7.78in, single column style only.&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;3p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: 3+ journals with a text area of 468pt × 622pt or 16.45cm × 21.9cm or 6.5in × 8.6in, single column style.&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;3pd&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: 3+ with the same text area as above, double column style.&lt;br /&gt;
;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;5p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: 5+ with text area of 522pt × 682pt or 18.35cm × 24cm or 7.22in × 9.45in, double column style only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following is the first page of a typical single column article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Model 1+ and 3+ will have the same look and feel in the typeset copy when presented in this document. That is also the case with the double column 3+ and 5+ journal article pages. The only difference will be wider text width of higher models. Therefore we will look at the different portions of a typical single column journal page and that of a double column article in the final format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following is the first page of a typical double column article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els9.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Displayed equations and double column journals==&lt;br /&gt;
Many Elsevier journals print their text in two columns. Because the preprint layout uses a larger line width than such columns, the formulas are too wide for the line width in print. Here is an example of an equation (see equation 6) which is perfect in single column preprint format:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els10.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When this document is typeset for publication in a model 3+ journal with double columns, the equation will overlap the second column text matter if the equation is not broken at the appropriate location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els11.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The typesetter will try to break the equation which need not necessarily be to the liking of the author or as it happens, typesetter&#039;s break point may be semantically incorrect. Therefore, authors may check their submissions for the incidence of such long equations and break the equations at the correct places so that the final typeset copy will be as they wish.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Elsarticle.cls&amp;diff=151</id>
		<title>Elsarticle.cls</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Elsarticle.cls&amp;diff=151"/>
		<updated>2008-11-05T07:53:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is a thoroughly  rewritten document class&lt;br /&gt;
for formatting LaTeX submissions to Elsevier journals.&lt;br /&gt;
The class uses the environments and commands defined in LaTeX kernel&lt;br /&gt;
without change to the signature so that clashes with other&lt;br /&gt;
contributed LaTeX packages like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hyperref.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;preview-latex.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, etc., will be minimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is primarily built upon the default&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;article.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  The class depends on the following packages&lt;br /&gt;
for its proper functionality:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;pifont.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for openstar in the title footnotes.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for citation processing.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;geometry.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for margin settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fleqn.clo&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for left aligned equations.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;graphicx.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for graphics inclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;txfonts.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; optional font package, if document is to  be formatted with Times and compatible math fonts.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hyperref.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; optional packages if hyper linking is required in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the above packages are part of any standard LaTeX installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the users need not be bothered about downloading any&lt;br /&gt;
extra packages.  Further, users are free to make use of \textsc{ams}&lt;br /&gt;
math packages like, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsmath.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsthm.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amssymb.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsfonts.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, etc., if they want.  All&lt;br /&gt;
these packages work in tandem with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; without&lt;br /&gt;
any problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Major Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following are the major differences between &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and its predecesor package, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsart.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is built upon &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;article.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; while &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsart.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is not. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsart.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; redefines many of the commands in the LaTeX classes/kernel, which can possibly cause surprising clashes with other contributed LaTeX packages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Provides preprint document formatting by default, and optionally formats the document as per the final style of models &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1+&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;3+&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;5+&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; of Elsevier journals.&lt;br /&gt;
* Some easier hooks for formatting &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;list&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;theorem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; environments are provided while people can still use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;amsthm.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the main citation processing package which can comprehensively handle all kinds of citations and works perfectly with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hyperref.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in combination with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;hypernat.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Long title pages are processed correctly in preprint and final formats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The package is available at [http://www.elsevier.com/locate/latex author resources page at Elsevier Science].&lt;br /&gt;
It can also be found in any of the nodes of the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN), one of the primary nodes being [http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/elsevier/ http://www.ctan.org]. Please grab the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.dtx&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is the composite class with documentation and  &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.ins&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; which is the LaTeX installer file. When we compile the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.ins&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; with LaTeX it provides the class file, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; by stripping off all the documentation from the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;*.dtx&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file. The class may be moved or copied to a place, usually, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;$TEXMF/tex/latex/elsevier/&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or a folder which will be read by LaTeX during document compilation.  The TeX file database needs updation after moving/copying class file.  Usually, we use commands like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mktexlsr&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;texhash&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; depending upon the distribution and operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Usage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The class should be loaded with the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \documentclass[&amp;lt;options&amp;gt;]{elsarticle}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;options&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;preprint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: default options which formats the document for submission to Elsevier journals.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;review&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: similar to &amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;preprint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option, but increases the baselineskip to facilitate easier review process.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;1p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: formats to the look and feel of the final format of model 1+ journals. This is always single column style.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;3p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: formats to the look and feel of the final format of model 3+ journals. If the journal is a two column model use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;twocolumn&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option in combination.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;5p&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: formats for model 5+ journals. This is always two column style.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;authoryear&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: author-year citation style of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If you want to add extra options of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;natbib.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, you may use the options as a comma delimited strings as argument to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\biboptions&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command. An example would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \biboptions{longnamesfirst,angle,semicolon}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;number&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: numbered citation style. Extra options can be loaded with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;\biboptions&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;longtitle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: if front matter is unusually long, use this option to split the title page across pages with correct 	placing of title and author footnotes in the first page.&lt;br /&gt;
; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;times&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;: loads &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;txfonts.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; if available in   the system to use Times and compatible math fonts.&lt;br /&gt;
* All options of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;article.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; can be used with this   document class.&lt;br /&gt;
* The default options loaded are &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;a4paper&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;10pt&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;oneside&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;onecolumn&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;preprint&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Front matter==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of front matter coding &amp;amp;mdash; (1) each author is connected to an affiliation with a footnote marker; hence all&lt;br /&gt;
authors are grouped together and affiliations follow;  (2) authors&lt;br /&gt;
of same affiliations are grouped together and the relevant&lt;br /&gt;
affiliation follows this group. An example coding of the first&lt;br /&gt;
type is provided below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;latex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 \title{This is a specimen title\tnoteref{t1,t2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[t1]{This document is a collaborative effort.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \tnotetext[t2]{The second title footnote which is a longer &lt;br /&gt;
    longer than the first one and with an intention to fill&lt;br /&gt;
    in up more than one line while formatting.} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \author[rvt]{C.V.~Radhakrishnan\corref{cor1}\fnref{fn1}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{cvr@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \author[rvt,focal]{K.~Bazargan\fnref{fn2}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead{kaveh@river-valley.com}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \author[els]{S.~Pepping\corref{cor2}\fnref{fn1,fn3}}&lt;br /&gt;
 \ead[url]{http://www.elsevier.com}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[cor1]{Corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
 \cortext[cor2]{Principal corresponding author}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn1]{This is the specimen author footnote.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn2]{Another author footnote, but a little more longer.}&lt;br /&gt;
 \fntext[fn3]{Yet another author footnote. Indeed, you can have&lt;br /&gt;
    any number of author footnotes.}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[rvt]{River Valley Technologies, SJP Building,&lt;br /&gt;
    Cotton Hills, Trivandrum, Kerala, India 695014}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[focal]{River Valley Technologies, 9, Browns Court,&lt;br /&gt;
    Kennford, Exeter, United Kingdom}&lt;br /&gt;
 \address[els]{Central Application Management,&lt;br /&gt;
    Elsevier, Radarweg 29, 1043 NX\\&lt;br /&gt;
    Amsterdam, Netherlands}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output of the above TeX sources will look like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--div style=&amp;quot;border: 1px dotted black; background-color: #ccc; padding: 4px; margin: 12px; width: 100%; float: left&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;portlet&amp;quot;--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Els1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--/div--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=77</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=77"/>
		<updated>2008-09-16T08:19:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the above are completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long. A frequently asked questions (FAQ) is on the cards which will be based on the queries posted by authors to the support network.  Both the above documentation should be of assistance to authors since these are always available online.  Another point is that since it is in a Wiki, updating takes only minimal effort, meaning, this documentation will receive constant updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open Source tools to annotate PDFs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[How to install TeXLive with self-compiled binaries]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* How to create standards compliant PDF&#039;s?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=76</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=76"/>
		<updated>2008-09-16T08:19:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the above are completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long. A frequently asked questions (FAQ) is on the cards which will be based on the queries posted by authors to the support network.  Both the above documentation should be of assistance to authors since these are always available online.  Another point is that since it is in a Wiki, updating takes only minimal effort, meaning, this documentation will receive constant updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open Source tools to annotate PDFs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[How to install TeXLive with self-compiled binaries]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [How to create standards compliant PDF&#039;s?]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=PDF/X-1a_and_PFD/A-1b&amp;diff=75</id>
		<title>PDF/X-1a and PFD/A-1b</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=PDF/X-1a_and_PFD/A-1b&amp;diff=75"/>
		<updated>2008-09-16T08:18:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of PDF/X-1 and PDF/A-1b==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==XMP metadata==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The package==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options and usage===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known problems and limitations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Acknowledgements==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=PDF/X-1a_and_PFD/A-1b&amp;diff=74</id>
		<title>PDF/X-1a and PFD/A-1b</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=PDF/X-1a_and_PFD/A-1b&amp;diff=74"/>
		<updated>2008-09-16T08:17:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: New page: ==Abstract==  ==Overview of PDF/X-1 and PDF/A-1b==  ==XMP metadata==  ==Requirements==  ==The package==  ===Options and usage===  ===Other features===  ===Known problems and limitations===&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of PDF/X-1 and PDF/A-1b==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==XMP metadata==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The package==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options and usage===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known problems and limitations===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=73</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=73"/>
		<updated>2008-09-16T08:14:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the above are completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long. A frequently asked questions (FAQ) is on the cards which will be based on the queries posted by authors to the support network.  Both the above documentation should be of assistance to authors since these are always available online.  Another point is that since it is in a Wiki, updating takes only minimal effort, meaning, this documentation will receive constant updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open Source tools to annotate PDFs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[How to install TeXLive with self-compiled binaries]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF/X-1a and PFD/A-1b|How to create standards compliant PDF&#039;s?]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=72</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=72"/>
		<updated>2008-09-16T08:14:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the above are completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long. A frequently asked questions (FAQ) is on the cards which will be based on the queries posted by authors to the support network.  Both the above documentation should be of assistance to authors since these are always available online.  Another point is that since it is in a Wiki, updating takes only minimal effort, meaning, this documentation will receive constant updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open Source tools to annotate PDFs]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[How to install TeXLive with self-compiled binaries]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF/X-1a and PFD/A-1b|How to create standards compliant PDF&#039;s?]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Notes_on_TeX_Live_setup&amp;diff=71</id>
		<title>Notes on TeX Live setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Notes_on_TeX_Live_setup&amp;diff=71"/>
		<updated>2008-09-02T05:00:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Add another texmf tree */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This page describes steps to install TeXLive (TL from now) and needed tweaks to use TL data with self-compiled binaries. This is useful if we want to run for example pdftex compiled from sources instead of pre-compiled pdftex binary coming with TL. This guide was written for Ubuntu linux 8.01 and should work with no or little change for UNIX systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of involved steps==&lt;br /&gt;
* we download the whole TL iso image to disk, mount it permanently and run the TL install script, choose the installation method to run TL from directly from media.&lt;br /&gt;
* after installation, we adjust the configuration so that non-TL binaries can also use TL data, and also to add some additional texmf trees to the existing installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This approach takes some disk space (~2.5GB for TL2008), but has some advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
* installation is quick: all data are available on disk, no need to copy bunch of files from dvd.&lt;br /&gt;
* installation is complete: everything from TL is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade is quick: replace the current TL iso image by the new one, and that&#039;s it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Install TL ==&lt;br /&gt;
* download [ftp://tug.org/texlive/Images/test/texlive2008.iso.lzma latest TL iso image] to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/iso-images&#039;&#039;&#039; (this is my preference, feel free to use any location you prefer)&lt;br /&gt;
* unpack the image:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /opt/iso-images&lt;br /&gt;
unlzma texlive2008.iso.lzma&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mount the image:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo mkdir -p /mnt/texlive2008&lt;br /&gt;
sudo mount -t iso9660 -o loop /opt/iso-images/texlive2008.iso /mnt/texlive2008/&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* run the TL installer:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo perl /mnt/texlive2008/install-tl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* when the menu is up, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;V&amp;gt; set up for running from DVD&#039;&#039;&#039; by entering &#039;&#039;&#039;v&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* in next menu, change the destination of installation to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive/2008&#039;&#039;&#039; by entering:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
/opt/texlive/2008&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* start the installation process by entering &#039;&#039;&#039;i&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When the installation process is done, the last messages should like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 See &lt;br /&gt;
   /mnt/texlive2008/index.html &lt;br /&gt;
 for links to documentation.  The TeX Live web site (http://tug.org/texlive/) &lt;br /&gt;
 contains any updates and corrections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 TeX Live is a joint project of the TeX user groups around the world;&lt;br /&gt;
 please consider supporting it by joining the group best for you. The&lt;br /&gt;
 list of groups is available on the web at http://tug.org/usergroups.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Add /mnt/texlive2008/texmf/doc/man to MANPATH.&lt;br /&gt;
 Add /mnt/texlive2008/texmf/doc/info to INFOPATH.&lt;br /&gt;
 Set TEXMFCNF to /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c.&lt;br /&gt;
 Most importantly, add /mnt/texlive2008/bin/i386-linux&lt;br /&gt;
 to your PATH for current and future sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Welcome to TeX Live!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/mnt/texlive2008/install-tl: done.&lt;br /&gt;
Logfile: /opt/texlive/2008/install-tl.log&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* adjust some environment variables before we can do some testing:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PATH=/mnt/texlive2008/bin/i386-linux:$PATH&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFSYSVAR=/opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/&lt;br /&gt;
export PATH TEXMFSYSVAR&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* test the installation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /tmp&lt;br /&gt;
pdflatex sample2e&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* if things go well, we should get the below log:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ pdflatex sample2e&lt;br /&gt;
This is pdfTeXk, Version 3.1415926-1.40.9 (Web2C 7.5.7)&lt;br /&gt;
 %&amp;amp;-line parsing enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
entering extended mode&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/sample2e.tex&lt;br /&gt;
LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2005/12/01&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&lt;br /&gt;
yphenation, german-x-2008-06-18, ngerman-x-2008-06-18, ancientgreek, ibycus, ar&lt;br /&gt;
abic, basque, bulgarian, catalan, pinyin, coptic, croatian, czech, danish, dutc&lt;br /&gt;
h, esperanto, estonian, farsi, finnish, french, galician, german, ngerman, mono&lt;br /&gt;
greek, greek, hungarian, icelandic, indonesian, interlingua, irish, italian, la&lt;br /&gt;
tin, mongolian, mongolian2a, bokmal, nynorsk, polish, portuguese, romanian, rus&lt;br /&gt;
sian, sanskrit, serbian, slovak, slovenian, spanish, swedish, turkish, ukenglis&lt;br /&gt;
h, ukrainian, uppersorbian, welsh, loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls&lt;br /&gt;
Document Class: article 2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&lt;br /&gt;
No file sample2e.aux.&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd) [1{/opt/texlive/2008/tex&lt;br /&gt;
mf-var/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] [2] [3] (./sample2e.aux) )&amp;lt;/mnt/tex&lt;br /&gt;
live2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmbx12.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-d&lt;br /&gt;
ist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmex10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/&lt;br /&gt;
bluesky/cm/cmmi10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmmi7&lt;br /&gt;
.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texliv&lt;br /&gt;
e2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr12.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/&lt;br /&gt;
fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr17.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/blues&lt;br /&gt;
ky/cm/cmr6.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr7.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/m&lt;br /&gt;
nt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr8.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/tex&lt;br /&gt;
mf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmsy10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/ty&lt;br /&gt;
pe1/bluesky/cm/cmsy7.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cm&lt;br /&gt;
ti10.pfb&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Output written on sample2e.pdf (3 pages, 69560 bytes).&lt;br /&gt;
Transcript written on sample2e.log.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Post-installation tuning ==&lt;br /&gt;
After the TL installation process, there are still some issues that have to be fixed:&lt;br /&gt;
* after a reboot, some of the settings we did are gone&lt;br /&gt;
* TL binaries might not find locally installed packages; only following packages are searchable:&lt;br /&gt;
** coming with TL,&lt;br /&gt;
** installed to &#039;&#039;&#039;$HOME/texmf&#039;&#039;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
** installed to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive/texmf-local&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* if we use a non-TL binary (eg pdftex compiled from sources), then it won&#039;t find TL &lt;br /&gt;
packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we need to do some further tunings to fix those issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Make TL settings permanent ===&lt;br /&gt;
* to mount the TL image permanently, add to &#039;&#039;&#039;/etc/fstab&#039;&#039;&#039; a line saying&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
/opt/iso-images/texlive2008.iso /mnt/texlive2008 iso9660 defaults,ro,loop 0 0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* change the TL configuration file to be independent of locations of TL binaries (this is needed so that non-TL binaries work with TL data as well):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c&lt;br /&gt;
sudo cp texmf.cnf texmf.cnf.orig&lt;br /&gt;
sudo sed -i -e &#039;s:.SELFAUTOPARENT:/mnt/texlive2008:&#039; texmf.cnf &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* change some environment variables permanently by adding to &#039;&#039;&#039;/etc/profile&#039;&#039;&#039; the following lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PATH=/mnt/texlive2008/bin/i386-linux:$PATH&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFCNF=/opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c&lt;br /&gt;
export PATH TEXMFCNF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add another texmf tree ===&lt;br /&gt;
Suppose we have tetex previously installed to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/tetex-3.0&#039;&#039;&#039;. The tetex texmf tree is then located at &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/tetex-3.0/share/texmf&#039;&#039;&#039;. To add this texmf tree to our setup, we do this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo sed -i &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
/^TEXMFLOCAL/ a\&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFTETEX = /opt/tetex-3.0/share/texmf&lt;br /&gt;
s/^TEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;,!!$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
s/^SYSTEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;;$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
&#039; /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, another approach is to make a symlink to this texmf tree in &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive&#039;&#039;&#039; like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo ln -s /opt/tetex-3.0/share/texmf /opt/texlive/texmf-tetex&lt;br /&gt;
sudo sed -i &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
/^TEXMFLOCAL/ a\&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFTETEX = /opt/texlive/texmf-tetex&lt;br /&gt;
s/^TEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;,!!$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
s/^SYSTEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;;$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
&#039; /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can repeat the above steps to add as many texmf trees as we need. For each texmf tree we must:&lt;br /&gt;
* choose a variable name that it&#039;s not used yet (TEXMFTETEX in the above example)&lt;br /&gt;
* locate the path to the texmf tree, and (optionally) make a symlink in &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* adjust the above commands accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintain packages installed locally ==&lt;br /&gt;
If we keep installing local packages to a texmf tree for some time, we will find out that it&#039;s getting difficult to keep track of what has been installed, and how to remove or upgrade a package. This is the place where a &#039;&#039;package management system&#039;&#039; is useful. We will use miktex tools to maintain our local packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;to be continued&#039;&#039;)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Notes_on_TeX_Live_setup&amp;diff=70</id>
		<title>Notes on TeX Live setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Notes_on_TeX_Live_setup&amp;diff=70"/>
		<updated>2008-09-02T05:00:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Make TL settings permanent */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This page describes steps to install TeXLive (TL from now) and needed tweaks to use TL data with self-compiled binaries. This is useful if we want to run for example pdftex compiled from sources instead of pre-compiled pdftex binary coming with TL. This guide was written for Ubuntu linux 8.01 and should work with no or little change for UNIX systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of involved steps==&lt;br /&gt;
* we download the whole TL iso image to disk, mount it permanently and run the TL install script, choose the installation method to run TL from directly from media.&lt;br /&gt;
* after installation, we adjust the configuration so that non-TL binaries can also use TL data, and also to add some additional texmf trees to the existing installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This approach takes some disk space (~2.5GB for TL2008), but has some advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
* installation is quick: all data are available on disk, no need to copy bunch of files from dvd.&lt;br /&gt;
* installation is complete: everything from TL is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade is quick: replace the current TL iso image by the new one, and that&#039;s it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Install TL ==&lt;br /&gt;
* download [ftp://tug.org/texlive/Images/test/texlive2008.iso.lzma latest TL iso image] to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/iso-images&#039;&#039;&#039; (this is my preference, feel free to use any location you prefer)&lt;br /&gt;
* unpack the image:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /opt/iso-images&lt;br /&gt;
unlzma texlive2008.iso.lzma&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mount the image:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo mkdir -p /mnt/texlive2008&lt;br /&gt;
sudo mount -t iso9660 -o loop /opt/iso-images/texlive2008.iso /mnt/texlive2008/&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* run the TL installer:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo perl /mnt/texlive2008/install-tl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* when the menu is up, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;V&amp;gt; set up for running from DVD&#039;&#039;&#039; by entering &#039;&#039;&#039;v&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* in next menu, change the destination of installation to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive/2008&#039;&#039;&#039; by entering:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
/opt/texlive/2008&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* start the installation process by entering &#039;&#039;&#039;i&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When the installation process is done, the last messages should like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 See &lt;br /&gt;
   /mnt/texlive2008/index.html &lt;br /&gt;
 for links to documentation.  The TeX Live web site (http://tug.org/texlive/) &lt;br /&gt;
 contains any updates and corrections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 TeX Live is a joint project of the TeX user groups around the world;&lt;br /&gt;
 please consider supporting it by joining the group best for you. The&lt;br /&gt;
 list of groups is available on the web at http://tug.org/usergroups.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Add /mnt/texlive2008/texmf/doc/man to MANPATH.&lt;br /&gt;
 Add /mnt/texlive2008/texmf/doc/info to INFOPATH.&lt;br /&gt;
 Set TEXMFCNF to /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c.&lt;br /&gt;
 Most importantly, add /mnt/texlive2008/bin/i386-linux&lt;br /&gt;
 to your PATH for current and future sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Welcome to TeX Live!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/mnt/texlive2008/install-tl: done.&lt;br /&gt;
Logfile: /opt/texlive/2008/install-tl.log&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* adjust some environment variables before we can do some testing:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PATH=/mnt/texlive2008/bin/i386-linux:$PATH&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFSYSVAR=/opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/&lt;br /&gt;
export PATH TEXMFSYSVAR&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* test the installation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /tmp&lt;br /&gt;
pdflatex sample2e&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* if things go well, we should get the below log:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ pdflatex sample2e&lt;br /&gt;
This is pdfTeXk, Version 3.1415926-1.40.9 (Web2C 7.5.7)&lt;br /&gt;
 %&amp;amp;-line parsing enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
entering extended mode&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/sample2e.tex&lt;br /&gt;
LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2005/12/01&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&lt;br /&gt;
yphenation, german-x-2008-06-18, ngerman-x-2008-06-18, ancientgreek, ibycus, ar&lt;br /&gt;
abic, basque, bulgarian, catalan, pinyin, coptic, croatian, czech, danish, dutc&lt;br /&gt;
h, esperanto, estonian, farsi, finnish, french, galician, german, ngerman, mono&lt;br /&gt;
greek, greek, hungarian, icelandic, indonesian, interlingua, irish, italian, la&lt;br /&gt;
tin, mongolian, mongolian2a, bokmal, nynorsk, polish, portuguese, romanian, rus&lt;br /&gt;
sian, sanskrit, serbian, slovak, slovenian, spanish, swedish, turkish, ukenglis&lt;br /&gt;
h, ukrainian, uppersorbian, welsh, loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls&lt;br /&gt;
Document Class: article 2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&lt;br /&gt;
No file sample2e.aux.&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd) [1{/opt/texlive/2008/tex&lt;br /&gt;
mf-var/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] [2] [3] (./sample2e.aux) )&amp;lt;/mnt/tex&lt;br /&gt;
live2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmbx12.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-d&lt;br /&gt;
ist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmex10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/&lt;br /&gt;
bluesky/cm/cmmi10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmmi7&lt;br /&gt;
.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texliv&lt;br /&gt;
e2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr12.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/&lt;br /&gt;
fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr17.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/blues&lt;br /&gt;
ky/cm/cmr6.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr7.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/m&lt;br /&gt;
nt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr8.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/tex&lt;br /&gt;
mf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmsy10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/ty&lt;br /&gt;
pe1/bluesky/cm/cmsy7.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cm&lt;br /&gt;
ti10.pfb&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Output written on sample2e.pdf (3 pages, 69560 bytes).&lt;br /&gt;
Transcript written on sample2e.log.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Post-installation tuning ==&lt;br /&gt;
After the TL installation process, there are still some issues that have to be fixed:&lt;br /&gt;
* after a reboot, some of the settings we did are gone&lt;br /&gt;
* TL binaries might not find locally installed packages; only following packages are searchable:&lt;br /&gt;
** coming with TL,&lt;br /&gt;
** installed to &#039;&#039;&#039;$HOME/texmf&#039;&#039;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
** installed to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive/texmf-local&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* if we use a non-TL binary (eg pdftex compiled from sources), then it won&#039;t find TL &lt;br /&gt;
packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we need to do some further tunings to fix those issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Make TL settings permanent ===&lt;br /&gt;
* to mount the TL image permanently, add to &#039;&#039;&#039;/etc/fstab&#039;&#039;&#039; a line saying&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
/opt/iso-images/texlive2008.iso /mnt/texlive2008 iso9660 defaults,ro,loop 0 0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* change the TL configuration file to be independent of locations of TL binaries (this is needed so that non-TL binaries work with TL data as well):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c&lt;br /&gt;
sudo cp texmf.cnf texmf.cnf.orig&lt;br /&gt;
sudo sed -i -e &#039;s:.SELFAUTOPARENT:/mnt/texlive2008:&#039; texmf.cnf &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* change some environment variables permanently by adding to &#039;&#039;&#039;/etc/profile&#039;&#039;&#039; the following lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PATH=/mnt/texlive2008/bin/i386-linux:$PATH&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFCNF=/opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c&lt;br /&gt;
export PATH TEXMFCNF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add another texmf tree ===&lt;br /&gt;
Suppose we have tetex previously installed to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/tetex-3.0&#039;&#039;&#039;. The tetex texmf tree is then located at &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/tetex-3.0/share/texmf&#039;&#039;&#039;. To add this texmf tree to our setup, we do this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;sh&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo sed -i &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
/^TEXMFLOCAL/ a\&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFTETEX = /opt/tetex-3.0/share/texmf&lt;br /&gt;
s/^TEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;,!!$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
s/^SYSTEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;;$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
&#039; /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, another approach is to make a symlink to this texmf tree in &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive&#039;&#039;&#039; like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;sh&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo ln -s /opt/tetex-3.0/share/texmf /opt/texlive/texmf-tetex&lt;br /&gt;
sudo sed -i &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
/^TEXMFLOCAL/ a\&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFTETEX = /opt/texlive/texmf-tetex&lt;br /&gt;
s/^TEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;,!!$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
s/^SYSTEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;;$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
&#039; /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can repeat the above steps to add as many texmf trees as we need. For each texmf tree we must:&lt;br /&gt;
* choose a variable name that it&#039;s not used yet (TEXMFTETEX in the above example)&lt;br /&gt;
* locate the path to the texmf tree, and (optionally) make a symlink in &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* adjust the above commands accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintain packages installed locally ==&lt;br /&gt;
If we keep installing local packages to a texmf tree for some time, we will find out that it&#039;s getting difficult to keep track of what has been installed, and how to remove or upgrade a package. This is the place where a &#039;&#039;package management system&#039;&#039; is useful. We will use miktex tools to maintain our local packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;to be continued&#039;&#039;)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Notes_on_TeX_Live_setup&amp;diff=69</id>
		<title>Notes on TeX Live setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Notes_on_TeX_Live_setup&amp;diff=69"/>
		<updated>2008-09-02T04:59:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Install TL */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
This page describes steps to install TeXLive (TL from now) and needed tweaks to use TL data with self-compiled binaries. This is useful if we want to run for example pdftex compiled from sources instead of pre-compiled pdftex binary coming with TL. This guide was written for Ubuntu linux 8.01 and should work with no or little change for UNIX systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of involved steps==&lt;br /&gt;
* we download the whole TL iso image to disk, mount it permanently and run the TL install script, choose the installation method to run TL from directly from media.&lt;br /&gt;
* after installation, we adjust the configuration so that non-TL binaries can also use TL data, and also to add some additional texmf trees to the existing installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This approach takes some disk space (~2.5GB for TL2008), but has some advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
* installation is quick: all data are available on disk, no need to copy bunch of files from dvd.&lt;br /&gt;
* installation is complete: everything from TL is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade is quick: replace the current TL iso image by the new one, and that&#039;s it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Install TL ==&lt;br /&gt;
* download [ftp://tug.org/texlive/Images/test/texlive2008.iso.lzma latest TL iso image] to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/iso-images&#039;&#039;&#039; (this is my preference, feel free to use any location you prefer)&lt;br /&gt;
* unpack the image:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /opt/iso-images&lt;br /&gt;
unlzma texlive2008.iso.lzma&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* mount the image:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo mkdir -p /mnt/texlive2008&lt;br /&gt;
sudo mount -t iso9660 -o loop /opt/iso-images/texlive2008.iso /mnt/texlive2008/&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* run the TL installer:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo perl /mnt/texlive2008/install-tl&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* when the menu is up, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;V&amp;gt; set up for running from DVD&#039;&#039;&#039; by entering &#039;&#039;&#039;v&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* in next menu, change the destination of installation to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive/2008&#039;&#039;&#039; by entering:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
d&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
/opt/texlive/2008&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
r&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* start the installation process by entering &#039;&#039;&#039;i&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When the installation process is done, the last messages should like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 See &lt;br /&gt;
   /mnt/texlive2008/index.html &lt;br /&gt;
 for links to documentation.  The TeX Live web site (http://tug.org/texlive/) &lt;br /&gt;
 contains any updates and corrections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 TeX Live is a joint project of the TeX user groups around the world;&lt;br /&gt;
 please consider supporting it by joining the group best for you. The&lt;br /&gt;
 list of groups is available on the web at http://tug.org/usergroups.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Add /mnt/texlive2008/texmf/doc/man to MANPATH.&lt;br /&gt;
 Add /mnt/texlive2008/texmf/doc/info to INFOPATH.&lt;br /&gt;
 Set TEXMFCNF to /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c.&lt;br /&gt;
 Most importantly, add /mnt/texlive2008/bin/i386-linux&lt;br /&gt;
 to your PATH for current and future sessions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Welcome to TeX Live!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/mnt/texlive2008/install-tl: done.&lt;br /&gt;
Logfile: /opt/texlive/2008/install-tl.log&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* adjust some environment variables before we can do some testing:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PATH=/mnt/texlive2008/bin/i386-linux:$PATH&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFSYSVAR=/opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/&lt;br /&gt;
export PATH TEXMFSYSVAR&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* test the installation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /tmp&lt;br /&gt;
pdflatex sample2e&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* if things go well, we should get the below log:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ pdflatex sample2e&lt;br /&gt;
This is pdfTeXk, Version 3.1415926-1.40.9 (Web2C 7.5.7)&lt;br /&gt;
 %&amp;amp;-line parsing enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
entering extended mode&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/sample2e.tex&lt;br /&gt;
LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2005/12/01&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&lt;br /&gt;
yphenation, german-x-2008-06-18, ngerman-x-2008-06-18, ancientgreek, ibycus, ar&lt;br /&gt;
abic, basque, bulgarian, catalan, pinyin, coptic, croatian, czech, danish, dutc&lt;br /&gt;
h, esperanto, estonian, farsi, finnish, french, galician, german, ngerman, mono&lt;br /&gt;
greek, greek, hungarian, icelandic, indonesian, interlingua, irish, italian, la&lt;br /&gt;
tin, mongolian, mongolian2a, bokmal, nynorsk, polish, portuguese, romanian, rus&lt;br /&gt;
sian, sanskrit, serbian, slovak, slovenian, spanish, swedish, turkish, ukenglis&lt;br /&gt;
h, ukrainian, uppersorbian, welsh, loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls&lt;br /&gt;
Document Class: article 2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&lt;br /&gt;
No file sample2e.aux.&lt;br /&gt;
(/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd) [1{/opt/texlive/2008/tex&lt;br /&gt;
mf-var/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] [2] [3] (./sample2e.aux) )&amp;lt;/mnt/tex&lt;br /&gt;
live2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmbx12.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-d&lt;br /&gt;
ist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmex10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/&lt;br /&gt;
bluesky/cm/cmmi10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmmi7&lt;br /&gt;
.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texliv&lt;br /&gt;
e2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr12.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/&lt;br /&gt;
fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr17.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/blues&lt;br /&gt;
ky/cm/cmr6.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr7.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/m&lt;br /&gt;
nt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr8.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/tex&lt;br /&gt;
mf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmsy10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/ty&lt;br /&gt;
pe1/bluesky/cm/cmsy7.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/mnt/texlive2008/texmf-dist/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cm&lt;br /&gt;
ti10.pfb&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Output written on sample2e.pdf (3 pages, 69560 bytes).&lt;br /&gt;
Transcript written on sample2e.log.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Post-installation tuning ==&lt;br /&gt;
After the TL installation process, there are still some issues that have to be fixed:&lt;br /&gt;
* after a reboot, some of the settings we did are gone&lt;br /&gt;
* TL binaries might not find locally installed packages; only following packages are searchable:&lt;br /&gt;
** coming with TL,&lt;br /&gt;
** installed to &#039;&#039;&#039;$HOME/texmf&#039;&#039;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
** installed to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive/texmf-local&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* if we use a non-TL binary (eg pdftex compiled from sources), then it won&#039;t find TL &lt;br /&gt;
packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we need to do some further tunings to fix those issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Make TL settings permanent ===&lt;br /&gt;
* to mount the TL image permanently, add to &#039;&#039;&#039;/etc/fstab&#039;&#039;&#039; a line saying&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;sh&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
/opt/iso-images/texlive2008.iso /mnt/texlive2008 iso9660 defaults,ro,loop 0 0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* change the TL configuration file to be independent of locations of TL binaries (this is needed so that non-TL binaries work with TL data as well):&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;sh&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c&lt;br /&gt;
sudo cp texmf.cnf texmf.cnf.orig&lt;br /&gt;
sudo sed -i -e &#039;s:.SELFAUTOPARENT:/mnt/texlive2008:&#039; texmf.cnf &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* change some environment variables permanently by adding to &#039;&#039;&#039;/etc/profile&#039;&#039;&#039; the following lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;sh&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PATH=/mnt/texlive2008/bin/i386-linux:$PATH&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFCNF=/opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c&lt;br /&gt;
export PATH TEXMFCNF&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add another texmf tree ===&lt;br /&gt;
Suppose we have tetex previously installed to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/tetex-3.0&#039;&#039;&#039;. The tetex texmf tree is then located at &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/tetex-3.0/share/texmf&#039;&#039;&#039;. To add this texmf tree to our setup, we do this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;sh&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo sed -i &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
/^TEXMFLOCAL/ a\&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFTETEX = /opt/tetex-3.0/share/texmf&lt;br /&gt;
s/^TEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;,!!$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
s/^SYSTEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;;$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
&#039; /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, another approach is to make a symlink to this texmf tree in &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive&#039;&#039;&#039; like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;sh&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo ln -s /opt/tetex-3.0/share/texmf /opt/texlive/texmf-tetex&lt;br /&gt;
sudo sed -i &#039;&lt;br /&gt;
/^TEXMFLOCAL/ a\&lt;br /&gt;
TEXMFTETEX = /opt/texlive/texmf-tetex&lt;br /&gt;
s/^TEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;,!!$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
s/^SYSTEXMF = .*TEXMFLOCAL/&amp;amp;;$TEXMFTETEX/&lt;br /&gt;
&#039; /opt/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can repeat the above steps to add as many texmf trees as we need. For each texmf tree we must:&lt;br /&gt;
* choose a variable name that it&#039;s not used yet (TEXMFTETEX in the above example)&lt;br /&gt;
* locate the path to the texmf tree, and (optionally) make a symlink in &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/texlive&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* adjust the above commands accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Maintain packages installed locally ==&lt;br /&gt;
If we keep installing local packages to a texmf tree for some time, we will find out that it&#039;s getting difficult to keep track of what has been installed, and how to remove or upgrade a package. This is the place where a &#039;&#039;package management system&#039;&#039; is useful. We will use miktex tools to maintain our local packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;to be continued&#039;&#039;)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=PDF_annotators&amp;diff=32</id>
		<title>PDF annotators</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=PDF_annotators&amp;diff=32"/>
		<updated>2008-08-07T16:13:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Installation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this page is to collect notes on tools that allows annotating pdf files. We consider only tools that are free.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jarnal==&lt;br /&gt;
===General notes===&lt;br /&gt;
* requires Java Runtime Environment (JRE) to run&lt;br /&gt;
* cross-platform&lt;br /&gt;
* not very fast, but useable&lt;br /&gt;
* main concept: the tool loads a pdf file as a background image, then allows simple drawing on another layer on top of the background&lt;br /&gt;
* allows exporting the result as another pdf, combining the original pdf and the new layer&lt;br /&gt;
* further info can be found at Jarnal home page: http://www.dklevine.com/general/software/tc1000/jarnal.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* on &#039;&#039;&#039;Windows&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
** install JRE if needed. A quick way to do that is to download from http://filehippo.com/download_java_runtime/ and run the installer.&lt;br /&gt;
** download http://www.dklevine.com/general/software/tc1000/jarnal-install.zip&lt;br /&gt;
** unpack it to &#039;&#039;&#039;C:\jarnal&#039;&#039;&#039; (you can choose another location if you want)&lt;br /&gt;
** to start the tool, open &#039;&#039;&#039;c:\jarnal\jarnalannotate.cmd&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* on &#039;&#039;&#039;linux:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** a JRE must be installed first if needed (not described here)&lt;br /&gt;
** download http://www.dklevine.com/general/software/tc1000/jarnal-install.zip&lt;br /&gt;
** unpack and install:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;geshi lang=&amp;quot;bash&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
sudo mkdir -p /opt/jarnal&lt;br /&gt;
cd /opt/jarnal&lt;br /&gt;
unzip /path/to/jarnal-install.zip&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/geshi&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**After installation, to start the tool run &#039;&#039;&#039;sh /opt/jarnal/jarnalannotate.sh&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* on &#039;&#039;&#039;MacOSX:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** the same as on linux; MacOSX has JRE installed by default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Usage===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Please put here questions and answers on jarnal&#039;s usage; if you have a question but don&#039;t know the answer, put it here too, someone else might answer it&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Start the application, then select &#039;&#039;&#039;File/Open Background&#039;&#039;&#039; to open a PDF file&lt;br /&gt;
* To put some text:&lt;br /&gt;
** click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Text&#039;&#039;&#039; tool&lt;br /&gt;
** click on the place you want to write text&lt;br /&gt;
** type the text in&lt;br /&gt;
* To put some hand-drawing:&lt;br /&gt;
** click on the relevant tool (pen, highlighter, or eraser)&lt;br /&gt;
** drag the mouse to make the desired change&lt;br /&gt;
* To move some drawn text around:&lt;br /&gt;
** click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; tool&lt;br /&gt;
** click on text and drag it to another place&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;N.B.&#039;&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;every time&#039;&#039; you want to move some text (or another piece of drawing), you must click on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; tool first and then drag the relevant object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The icon set may look too crowded, but they are only of a few types:&lt;br /&gt;
* text: to put text notes&lt;br /&gt;
* pen: for free-hand drawing: works as a pen on board&lt;br /&gt;
* highlight: to highlight some area&lt;br /&gt;
* eraser: to erase things that have been drawn before&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Talk:PDF_annotators&amp;diff=24</id>
		<title>Talk:PDF annotators</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Talk:PDF_annotators&amp;diff=24"/>
		<updated>2008-08-07T11:56:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: New page: Will this not run on Mac OS X too?  I think, since it is Java application, it should run.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Will this not run on Mac OS X too?  I think, since it is Java application, it should run.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=23</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=23"/>
		<updated>2008-08-07T11:54:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* Support at River Valley */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;MediaWiki has been successfully installed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting started ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support at River Valley==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main support page of [http://www.river-valley.com River Valley Technologies].  Currently we have started adding support documentation for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Elsarticle.cls|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;elsarticle.cls&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[adnd.sty|Author support for &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adnd.sty&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, auxiliary package for Journal of Atomic and Nuclear Data Tables]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the above are completed yet, but will hopefully be finished before long. A frequently asked questions (FAQ) is on the cards which will be based on the queries posted by authors to the support network.  Both the above documentation should be of assistance to authors since these are always available online.  Another point is that since it is in a Wiki, updating takes only minimal effort, meaning, this documentation will receive constant updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PDF annotators|Open source tools to annotate PDF&#039;s]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=PDF_annotators&amp;diff=22</id>
		<title>PDF annotators</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://els-support4.river-valley.com/index.php?title=PDF_annotators&amp;diff=22"/>
		<updated>2008-08-07T11:12:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Cvr: /* General notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this page is to collect notes on tools that allows annotating pdf files. We consider only tools that are free.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jarnal==&lt;br /&gt;
===General notes===&lt;br /&gt;
* requires Java Runtime Environment (JRE) to run&lt;br /&gt;
* cross-platform&lt;br /&gt;
* not very fast, but useable&lt;br /&gt;
* main concept: the tool loads a pdf file as a background image, then allows simple drawing on another layer on top of the background&lt;br /&gt;
* allows exporting the result as another pdf, combining the original pdf and the new layer&lt;br /&gt;
* further info can be found at Jarnal home page: http://www.dklevine.com/general/software/tc1000/jarnal.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation===&lt;br /&gt;
* on linux:&lt;br /&gt;
** a JRE must be installed first (not described here)&lt;br /&gt;
** download http://www.dklevine.com/general/software/tc1000/jarnal-install.zip&lt;br /&gt;
** unpack it to &#039;&#039;&#039;/opt/jarnal&#039;&#039;&#039; (you can choose another location if you want)&lt;br /&gt;
** to start the tool, run &#039;&#039;&#039;sh /opt/jarnal/jarnalannotate.sh&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* on Windows:&lt;br /&gt;
** install JRE if needed. A quick way to do that is to download from http://filehippo.com/download_java_runtime/ and run the installer.&lt;br /&gt;
** download http://www.dklevine.com/general/software/tc1000/jarnal-install.zip&lt;br /&gt;
** unpack it to &#039;&#039;&#039;C:\jarnal&#039;&#039;&#039; (you can choose another location if you want)&lt;br /&gt;
** to start the tool, open &#039;&#039;&#039;c:\jarnal\jarnalannotate.cmd&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Cvr</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>